Wms Blade S23 & S32 Service Manual

SERVICE MANUAL & USER GUIDE

BLADE S23 • BLADE S32 • GAMESCAPE Video Gaming Device

BLADE s23

BLADE s32

GAMESCAPE

Product Support Group: 1.866.967.4457 • [email protected] +34 93 594 8720 • [email protected] Bally • 350 Pilot Road • Las Vegas, NV 89119 USA May 27, 2016 1445543

TecDoc14A - Beta1

Table of Contents Chapter 1: Safety, Power Details, and Cabinet Overview Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1 Table of Contents...................................................................................................................................................................... 1-1 Reference Documentation (All)................................................................................................................................................ 1-2 Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All) ........................................................................................ 1-3 Use of Water Jet for Cleaning is Prohibited.......................................................................................................................... 1-3 Outdoor Use of Cabinet is Prohibited ................................................................................................................................... 1-3 Use Correct Voltage Configuration....................................................................................................................................... 1-3 Electrical Outlet Location...................................................................................................................................................... 1-3 Use Functional AC Line Cord ............................................................................................................................................... 1-3 Radio Interference ................................................................................................................................................................ 1-3 Compliance Characteristics.................................................................................................................................................. 1-4 Safety Standards..........................................................................................................................................................................................................1-4 EMC Standards............................................................................................................................................................................................................1-4 Temperature and Humidity Characteristics .......................................................................................................................... 1-4 Patent Label, Safety Certification Markings Label, and Ratings Nameplate (Placard)......................................................... 1-5 Serial Plate and Ticket-In/Ticket-Out Windows on Removable Service Panel..................................................................... 1-6 Electrical Characteristics ...................................................................................................................................................... 1-7 Scientific Games Requirements for Operating a Third Party AC Device.............................................................................. 1-8 Third Party AC Device Electrical Conditions ................................................................................................................................................................1-8 Recommended Maximum Power Measurement Process for a Third Party AC Device........................................................ 1-9 Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize Gaming Machine (All) .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-10 Properly Discard Game Cabinet and Components (All)...................................................................................................... 1-10 Intended Users of Game Cabinet (All)................................................................................................................................... 1-10 Connectors (All) ...................................................................................................................................................................... 1-11 Switched AC Connector ..................................................................................................................................................... 1-11 Switched AC Connector Pinouts ........................................................................................................................................ 1-12 Unswitched AC Connectors................................................................................................................................................ 1-12 Pinouts for Designing Player Tracking System Hardware to Connect to AC Channel...............................................................................................1-13 AC Unswitched IEC Connector Pinouts .....................................................................................................................................................................1-13 AC Connector Pinouts (3-pin) ....................................................................................................................................................................................1-14 Backplane 2.0 Connectors ................................................................................................................................................. 1-15 Service Fuses (All).................................................................................................................................................................. 1-17 Guidelines for Game Placement (All) .................................................................................................................................... 1-18 Moving the Cabinet............................................................................................................................................................. 1-18 Use a Hand Cart/Hand Truck with Proper Rating ......................................................................................................................................................1-18 Lifting/Moving Cabinet Into and Out of a Bank of Games ..........................................................................................................................................1-18 Use of a Carpet Stretcher is Not Encouraged by Scientific Games ...........................................................................................................................1-18 Ensure Proper Venting ....................................................................................................................................................... 1-18 Base Game Dimensions and Weights................................................................................................................................... 1-19 Blade s23............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-19 Blade s32............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-19 Gamescape ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1-19 Lock Specifications/Guidelines ............................................................................................................................................. 1-20 Cabinet/Bill Acceptor Entry Lock Specifications ................................................................................................................. 1-20 Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape .....................................................................................................................................................................1-20 Spacer Specifications ......................................................................................................................................................... 1-20 Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape .....................................................................................................................................................................1-20 Installing Door Locks in UNLOCKED Position.................................................................................................................... 1-21 Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape .....................................................................................................................................................................1-21 Installing Gamescape Anti-Tip Brackets .............................................................................................................................. 1-22 Overview of Outside Components ........................................................................................................................................ 1-24 Blade s23............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-24 Blade s32............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-25 Gamescape ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1-26 Accessing the Game............................................................................................................................................................... 1-27 Cabinet Doors..................................................................................................................................................................... 1-27 Blade s23 and Blade s32 ...........................................................................................................................................................................................1-27 Gamescape................................................................................................................................................................................................................1-28 Access Locks (All) .............................................................................................................................................................. 1-29 Belly Door, Main and Drop Door Access Points (All).......................................................................................................... 1-31 Belly Door ........................................................................................................................................................................... 1-32 Blade s23 and Blade s32 ...........................................................................................................................................................................................1-32 Gamescape................................................................................................................................................................................................................1-33 Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32 ...........................................................................................................................1-34 Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door and Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape ......................................................................................................1-35 Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32 ................................................................................................................................1-37 Locking and Closing the Belly Door and the Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape .....................................................................................................1-38 Service Manual & User Guide: Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape 1445543 - May 27, 2016 TecDoc14A - Beta1

A-2 Main Door (All).................................................................................................................................................................... 1-40 Unlocking and Opening the Main Door.......................................................................................................................................................................1-41 Closing and Locking the Main Door............................................................................................................................................................................1-42 Drop Door (All).....................................................................................................................................................................1-43 Unlocking, Opening and Removing the Drop Door.....................................................................................................................................................1-44 Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop Door............................................................................................................................................................1-45 Cashbox (All) .......................................................................................................................................................................1-46 Unlocking and Opening the Cashbox Access Door....................................................................................................................................................1-46 Closing and Locking the Cashbox Access Door.........................................................................................................................................................1-47 Hard Meters (All) ......................................................................................................................................................................1-47 Illuminated Printer, Bill Acceptor, and Button Panel Bezels ...............................................................................................1-48 Blade s23.............................................................................................................................................................................1-48 Blade s32.............................................................................................................................................................................1-49 Gamescape .........................................................................................................................................................................1-50 Button Panels...........................................................................................................................................................................1-51 Organic Light-Emitting Diode (OLED) Button Panel (Blade s23) ........................................................................................1-51 Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape) ........................................................................................................1-51 Leap Motion (Gamescape) ......................................................................................................................................................1-51 Overview of Switches ..............................................................................................................................................................1-52 Accessory Top (Blade s23 and Blade s32) .........................................................................................................................1-52 LCDs (Gamescape).............................................................................................................................................................1-52 Base Cabinet (All)................................................................................................................................................................1-53 Compressing Door Switches to Simulate Play Mode ..........................................................................................................1-53 LCD Components.....................................................................................................................................................................1-54 Blade s23 and Blade s32.....................................................................................................................................................1-54 Gamescape .........................................................................................................................................................................1-55 Emotive Lighting Overview .....................................................................................................................................................1-56 Blade s23 and Blade s32.....................................................................................................................................................1-56 Gamescape .........................................................................................................................................................................1-57 Emotive Lighting Controller Assembly (All) .........................................................................................................................1-58 Emotive Lighting Controller Assembly Status LEDs (All) ....................................................................................................1-58 Player Tracking System Mounting Bracket Overview (All) ..................................................................................................1-59 Side Panels (All).......................................................................................................................................................................1-59

Chapter 2: Installation and Setup Overview .....................................................................................................................................................................................2-1 Table of Contents.......................................................................................................................................................................2-1 Preparing for Installation (All) ..................................................................................................................................................2-2 Tools Required for Installation...............................................................................................................................................2-2 ESD Prevention .....................................................................................................................................................................2-2 Accessing the Inside of the Game.........................................................................................................................................2-2 Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)..........................................................................................................................................2-2 Belly Door Locks....................................................................................................................................................................2-3 Main Door Lock .....................................................................................................................................................................2-8 Cashbox Door Lock .............................................................................................................................................................2-11 CPU Lock ............................................................................................................................................................................2-14 Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)..........................................................................2-15 CPU-3.2X CompactFlash OS and Game Software Slots ....................................................................................................2-15 Installing the JUR SPI Assembly or BIOS Firmware Assembly...........................................................................................2-15 Removing the Control System.............................................................................................................................................2-16 Installing the Control System...............................................................................................................................................2-18 Removing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X from the Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis ..............................................................2-20 Installing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X onto the Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis.................................................................2-21 Connecting to Power Supply (All) ..........................................................................................................................................2-23 Connecting to a Power Source............................................................................................................................................2-23 Disconnecting from a Power Source ...................................................................................................................................2-25 Verifying WMS Audio Amplifier Connections.......................................................................................................................2-28 Connecting to Power Supply in MAST (Gamescape) ...........................................................................................................2-28 Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)........................................................................................................................2-29 Bill Acceptor Jumpers..........................................................................................................................................................2-29 Progressive Port Jumpers ...................................................................................................................................................2-30 Door Switch Jumpers ..........................................................................................................................................................2-31 HOST 1 Jumpers.................................................................................................................................................................2-32 Emulating Hard Meters........................................................................................................................................................2-32 Color Connectors.................................................................................................................................................................2-33 LED Reference ....................................................................................................................................................................2-34 Power Indicator LEDs..........................................................................................................................................................2-35 Host Comm LEDs................................................................................................................................................................2-36

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

A-3 Calibrating the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape) ................................................................................2-36 Daisy Chain Emotive Lighting Controllers (All) ....................................................................................................................2-37 Game Startup Sequence (All) .................................................................................................................................................2-39 Installing Player Tracking System Faceplates and Components (if necessary).................................................................. 2-39 Performing a RAM Clear ..................................................................................................................................................... 2-39 Installing Game, OS CompactFlash Cards, and BIOS/Jurisdictional Chip.......................................................................... 2-39 Installing and Configuring the OS........................................................................................................................................ 2-39

Chapter 3: Cabinet Maintenance Overview .....................................................................................................................................................................................3-1 Table of Contents.......................................................................................................................................................................3-1 Preparing for Maintenance (All)................................................................................................................................................3-3 Tools Required for Installation...............................................................................................................................................3-3 ESD Prevention .....................................................................................................................................................................3-3 Accessing the Inside of the Game.........................................................................................................................................3-3 Maintenance Responsibilities (All)...........................................................................................................................................3-4 Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize the Gaming Machine .......................................................................................................................................................................................3-4 ESD Prevention (All) ..................................................................................................................................................................3-5 Ladder Safety (All) .....................................................................................................................................................................3-5 Accessing Inside of Game (All) ................................................................................................................................................3-5 Game Cleaning (All)...................................................................................................................................................................3-6 Cleaning Game Cabinet ........................................................................................................................................................3-6 Cleaning LCDs ......................................................................................................................................................................3-6 Cleaning Bill Acceptor ...........................................................................................................................................................3-6 Cleaning Printer.....................................................................................................................................................................3-6 CPU Maintenance .................................................................................................................................................................3-6 Preventative Maintenance Checklist (All) ................................................................................................................................3-7 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)..............................3-8 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly ....................................................................................................................................................3-8 Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly .................................................................................................................................................................... 3-8 Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly .................................................................................................................................................................... 3-10 Secondary LCD ...................................................................................................................................................................3-12 Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s23....................................................................................................................................................... 3-12 Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 ............................................................................................................................................................. 3-14 Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s32....................................................................................................................................................... 3-17 Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s32 ............................................................................................................................................................. 3-19 Main LCD.............................................................................................................................................................................3-21 Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23................................................................................................................................................................ 3-21 Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 ...................................................................................................................................................................... 3-23 Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s32................................................................................................................................................................ 3-26 Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s32 ...................................................................................................................................................................... 3-27 Triptych LCD Maintenance (Gamescape) ..............................................................................................................................3-30 Triptych LCD........................................................................................................................................................................3-30 Button Panel Maintenance ......................................................................................................................................................3-30 OLED Button Panel (Blade s23)..........................................................................................................................................3-30 Removing the OLED Button Panel Assembly ............................................................................................................................................................ 3-30 Installing the OLED Button Panel Assembly .............................................................................................................................................................. 3-32 Replacing the OLED Button Panel Buttons and Lenses ............................................................................................................................................ 3-34 Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape) ........................................................................................................3-36 Removing the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly...................................................................................................................................................... 3-36 Installing a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly ........................................................................................................................................................... 3-38 Replacing the Buttons and Artwork on a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel ............................................................................................................................. 3-40 Removing a Replacement Button Lens (Tablet 2.0 Only) .......................................................................................................................................... 3-40 Installing a Replacement Button Lens (Tablet 2.0 Only)............................................................................................................................................ 3-41 Leap Motion Assembly Maintenance (Gamescape) .............................................................................................................3-41 Emotive Lighting Maintenance ...............................................................................................................................................3-42 Replacing the Emotive Controller Board (All) ......................................................................................................................3-42 Replacing the Top Emotive Lighting Board (Blade s23)......................................................................................................3-44 Replacing the Left and Right Top Emotive Light Boards (Blade s23) .................................................................................3-47 Replacing the Belly Door Emotive Lighting Boards (All)......................................................................................................3-56 Replacing the Drop Door Emotive Lighting Board (All) .......................................................................................................3-65 REPLACING ALL EMOTIVE LIGHTING BOARDS IN GAMESCAPE .....................................................................................3-68 Top Box Controller Board (Gamescape) ...............................................................................................................................3-68 Printer Maintenance (All).........................................................................................................................................................3-69 Removing and Reinstalling the Printer ................................................................................................................................3-69 Replacing the Printer Bezel When Damaged ......................................................................................................................3-70 Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All) ..............................................................................................................................................3-71 Replacing the Bill Acceptor Head ........................................................................................................................................3-71 Replacing the Bill Acceptor Bezel When Damaged.............................................................................................................3-72 Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

A-4 Hard Meter Maintenance (All) ................................................................................................................................................. 3-75 Replacing the Hard Meters (if applicable) ........................................................................................................................... 3-75 Subwoofer Maintenance (All).................................................................................................................................................. 3-77 Replacing the Subwoofer .................................................................................................................................................... 3-77 Audio Amplifier Assembly (All) .............................................................................................................................................. 3-79 Replacing the Audio Amplifier Assembly............................................................................................................................. 3-79 Power Supply Maintenance (All) ............................................................................................................................................ 3-83 Replacing the Power Supply ............................................................................................................................................... 3-83 Switched or Unswitched Fuses (All) ...................................................................................................................................... 3-88 Replacing the Switched or Unswitched Fuses .................................................................................................................... 3-88 Fan and Blower Assemblies ................................................................................................................................................... 3-90 Replacing the Accessory Top Fan Assemblies (Blade s23 and Blade s32)........................................................................ 3-90 Replacing the Box Fan Assembly (Blade s32) .................................................................................................................... 3-93 Replacing the Mast Fan Assembly (Gamescape) ............................................................................................................... 3-96 Replacing the CPU Fan Tray Assembly (All)..................................................................................................................... 3-100 Replacing the Bottom Blower Assembly (All) .................................................................................................................... 3-101 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance............................................................................................................................... 3-104 Replacing the Tower Light................................................................................................................................................. 3-104 Replacing the Tower Light in a Blade 23 .................................................................................................................................................................. 3-104 Replacing the Tower Light in a Blade s32 ................................................................................................................................................................ 3-112 Installing the Tower Light (Gamescape)............................................................................................................................ 3-117 Removing the Marquee ..................................................................................................................................................... 3-117 Removing the Marquee from a Blade s23 ................................................................................................................................................................ 3-117 Removing the Marquee from a Blade s32 ................................................................................................................................................................ 3-119 Replacing/Installing the Tower Light in a Marquee (Blade s23 and Blade 32) .................................................................. 3-121 Installing the Marquee ....................................................................................................................................................... 3-129 Installing the Marquee on a Blade s23 ..................................................................................................................................................................... 3-129 Blade s32.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-132 Replacing Artwork in the Marquee (Blade s23 and Blade s32) ......................................................................................... 3-135 Replacing the Marquee Light Boards (Blade s23 and Blade s32)..................................................................................... 3-137 Replacing the Marquee Lenses (Blade s23 and Blade s32) ............................................................................................. 3-140 Replacing the Marquee Emotive Light Boards (Blade s 23 and Blade s32)...................................................................... 3-141 Installing the Foot Rest (All) ................................................................................................................................................. 3-146 Removing the Foot Rest.................................................................................................................................................... 3-146 Installing the Foot Rest...................................................................................................................................................... 3-147 Cashbox (All).......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-148 Removing the Cashbox ..................................................................................................................................................... 3-148 Installing the Cashbox ....................................................................................................................................................... 3-149 Player Tracking System Tray (All) ........................................................................................................................................ 3-150 Removing the Player Tracking System Tray ..................................................................................................................... 3-150 Installing the Player Tracking System Tray ....................................................................................................................... 3-153 Removing and Installing the Side Panels ............................................................................................................................ 3-156 Blade s23........................................................................................................................................................................... 3-156 Blade s32........................................................................................................................................................................... 3-160

Chapter 4: Troubleshooting Preventing Injury and Damage ................................................................................................................................................ 4-1 Table of Contents...................................................................................................................................................................... 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................................................. 4-2 Gamescape Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................................................. 4-9

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

A-5 Chapter 5: Serviceable Parts and Wiring Diagrams Overview .....................................................................................................................................................................................5-1 Table of Contents .................................................................................................................................... 5-1 Serviceable Parts .................................................................................................................................... 5-2 Assemblies ............................................................................................................................................................................5-2 Audio Components ................................................................................................................................................................5-2 Bezels....................................................................................................................................................................................5-2 Brackets.................................................................................................................................................................................5-2 Button Panels ........................................................................................................................................................................5-3 Control Subsystem Components (including Backplane) .......................................................................................................5-3 Emotive Lighting ....................................................................................................................................................................5-3 Electrical Cables....................................................................................................................................................................5-4 Emotive Lighting ....................................................................................................................................................................5-5 Fans.......................................................................................................................................................................................5-5 LCDs......................................................................................................................................................................................5-5 Miscellaneous........................................................................................................................................................................5-5 Switches ................................................................................................................................................................................5-6 Tower Light............................................................................................................................................................................5-6 Blade s32 Unique Serviceable Parts ........................................................................................................... 5-7 Gamescape (Willy Wonka) Serviceable Parts................................................................................................ 5-8 Gamescape Wiring Diagrams .................................................................................................................... 5-9

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

A-6

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Safety, Power Details, and Cabinet Overview

1

Introduction

The purpose of this chapter is to present an overview of the features and characteristics of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Table of Contents

In this chapter: Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 1-1 Table of Contents ............................................................................................................. 1-1 Reference Documentation (All) ....................................................................................... 1-2 Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All) ............................... 1-3 Use of Water Jet for Cleaning is Prohibited ................................................................. 1-3 Outdoor Use of Cabinet is Prohibited .......................................................................... 1-3 Use Correct Voltage Configuration .............................................................................. 1-3 Electrical Outlet Location ............................................................................................. 1-3 Use Functional AC Line Cord ...................................................................................... 1-3 Radio Interference ....................................................................................................... 1-3 Compliance Characteristics ......................................................................................... 1-4 Safety Standards.....................................................................................................................................1-4 EMC Standards.......................................................................................................................................1-4 Temperature and Humidity Characteristics.................................................................. 1-4 Patent Label, Safety Certification Markings Label, and Ratings Nameplate (Placard) 1-5 Serial Plate and Ticket-In/Ticket-Out Windows on Removable Service Panel ............ 1-6 Electrical Characteristics.............................................................................................. 1-7 Scientific Games Requirements for Operating a Third Party AC Device ..................... 1-8 Third Party AC Device Electrical Conditions ...........................................................................................1-8 Recommended Maximum Power Measurement Process for a Third Party AC Device1-9 Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize Gaming Machine (All)............................................................................................................................. 1-10 Properly Discard Game Cabinet and Components (All) ............................................. 1-10 Intended Users of Game Cabinet (All) .......................................................................... 1-10 Connectors (All) ............................................................................................................. 1-11 Switched AC Connector............................................................................................. 1-11 Switched AC Connector Pinouts................................................................................ 1-12 Unswitched AC Connectors ....................................................................................... 1-12 Pinouts for Designing Player Tracking System Hardware to Connect to AC Channel..........................1-13 AC Unswitched IEC Connector Pinouts ................................................................................................1-13 AC Connector Pinouts (3-pin) ...............................................................................................................1-14 Backplane 2.0 Connectors......................................................................................... 1-15 Service Fuses (All) ......................................................................................................... 1-17 Guidelines for Game Placement (All) ........................................................................... 1-18 Moving the Cabinet .................................................................................................... 1-18 Use a Hand Cart/Hand Truck with Proper Rating .................................................................................1-18 Lifting/Moving Cabinet Into and Out of a Bank of Games .....................................................................1-18 Use of a Carpet Stretcher is Not Encouraged by Scientific Games ......................................................1-18 Ensure Proper Venting............................................................................................... 1-18 Base Game Dimensions and Weights .......................................................................... 1-19 Blade s23 ................................................................................................................... 1-19 Blade s32 ................................................................................................................... 1-19 Gamescape................................................................................................................ 1-19 Lock Specifications/Guidelines .................................................................................... 1-20 Cabinet/Bill Acceptor Entry Lock Specifications ........................................................ 1-20 Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape................................................................................................1-20 Spacer Specifications ................................................................................................ 1-20 Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape................................................................................................1-20 Installing Door Locks in UNLOCKED Position ........................................................... 1-21 Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape................................................................................................1-21 Installing Gamescape Anti-Tip Brackets...................................................................... 1-22 Overview of Outside Components................................................................................ 1-24 Blade s23 ................................................................................................................... 1-24 Blade s32 ................................................................................................................... 1-25 Gamescape................................................................................................................ 1-26 Accessing the Game ...................................................................................................... 1-27 Cabinet Doors ............................................................................................................ 1-27 Blade s23 and Blade s32 ......................................................................................................................1-27 Gamescape...........................................................................................................................................1-28 Access Locks (All)...................................................................................................... 1-29 Belly Door, Main and Drop Door Access Points (All) ................................................. 1-31 Belly Door .................................................................................................................. 1-32

Service Manual & User Guide: Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape 1445543 - May 27, 2016 TecDoc14A - Beta1

1-2

Reference Documentation (All) Blade s23 and Blade s32...................................................................................................................... 1-32 Gamescape .......................................................................................................................................... 1-33 Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32 ..................................................... 1-34 Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door and Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape ................................ 1-35 Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32 .......................................................... 1-37 Locking and Closing the Belly Door and the Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape ............................... 1-38 Main Door (All) ........................................................................................................... 1-40 Unlocking and Opening the Main Door................................................................................................. 1-41 Closing and Locking the Main Door...................................................................................................... 1-42 Drop Door (All) ........................................................................................................... 1-43 Unlocking, Opening and Removing the Drop Door .............................................................................. 1-44 Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop Door ..................................................................................... 1-45 Cashbox (All) ............................................................................................................. 1-46 Unlocking and Opening the Cashbox Access Door.............................................................................. 1-46 Closing and Locking the Cashbox Access Door................................................................................... 1-47 Hard Meters (All)............................................................................................................. 1-47 Illuminated Printer, Bill Acceptor, and Button Panel Bezels...................................... 1-48 Blade s23 ................................................................................................................... 1-48 Blade s32 ................................................................................................................... 1-49 Gamescape................................................................................................................ 1-50 Button Panels ................................................................................................................. 1-51 Organic Light-Emitting Diode (OLED) Button Panel (Blade s23)............................... 1-51 Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape)............................................... 1-51 Leap Motion (Gamescape)............................................................................................. 1-51 Overview of Switches .................................................................................................... 1-52 Accessory Top (Blade s23 and Blade s32)................................................................ 1-52 LCDs (Gamescape) ................................................................................................... 1-52 Base Cabinet (All) ...................................................................................................... 1-53 Compressing Door Switches to Simulate Play Mode................................................. 1-53 LCD Components ........................................................................................................... 1-54 Blade s23 and Blade s32 ........................................................................................... 1-54 Gamescape................................................................................................................ 1-55 Emotive Lighting Overview ........................................................................................... 1-56 Blade s23 and Blade s32 ........................................................................................... 1-56 Gamescape................................................................................................................ 1-57 Emotive Lighting Controller Assembly (All)................................................................ 1-58 Emotive Lighting Controller Assembly Status LEDs (All)........................................... 1-58 Player Tracking System Mounting Bracket Overview (All) ........................................ 1-59 Side Panels (All) ............................................................................................................. 1-59

Reference Documentation (All)

See Table 1-1 for a list of relevant documentation available from Scientific Games: Table 1-1 Reference Documentation. Documentation

Notes

1441400 CPU-3.2X and CPU-3.5X Service Manual

Contains installation and configuration steps for CPU-3.2X and CPU-3.5X.

1456703 CPU-4.1.1X_CPU-4.2.2X Service Manual and User Guide

Contains installation and configuration steps for CPU-4.1.1X and CPU-4.2.2X.

1458262 ArgOS 2.X Operating System

Contains software installation and configuration information for ArgOS 2.x operating system, which runs on CPU-4X hardware. This manual includes troubleshooting details and a full tilt code reference.

16-020832 CPU-NXT, CPU-NXT2, CPU-NXT3 Operating System

Contains installation and configuration steps for the CPU-NXT3.2 Operating System, which runs on CPU-NXT3.2 hardware. This manual includes troubleshooting steps and a tilt code reference.

Vendor Documentation

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

View all vendor material on the WMS Intranet at WMS Intranet Home page | Intranet Directory | Technical Documentation | Documents | Browse | Vendor Documentation

Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All)

Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All)

1-3

Review the following to confirm Electrical Environmental/Safety Details and Requirements for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets:

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Use of Water Jet for Game must not be cleaned by a water jet. Cleaning is Prohibited Outdoor Use of This game is not suitable for outdoor use. This game is not suitable for installation in an area Cabinet is where a water jet could be used. Prohibited Use Correct Voltage Locate the socket outlet close to the installed position of this game and confirm that the power Configuration output matches the game system requirements. See Patent Label, Safety Certification Markings Label, and Ratings Nameplate (Placard) on page 1-5 to identify the correct voltage configuration.

WARNING - SHOCK HAZARD Plugging the game into an improper line voltage source may create a fire and/or electrical shock hazards. An improper line voltage or frequency can also cause game damage or malfunctions. Check the voltage configuration label on your game, located next to the serial plate, for proper line voltage.

Electrical Outlet The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily accessible. Location Use Functional AC If the power supply cord is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufacturer, or its service Line Cord agent, or a similarly qualified person in order to avoid a hazard. Radio Interference Be aware of the safety notices listed below. Pending approval, some or all of the following may apply: 

FCC Interference Notice. This equipment has been tested and complies with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If not installed and used according to the instruction manual, this equipment may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference. The user must correct interference at their expense.



Canadian Interference Notice. This Class A apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.



EU Interference Notice. This Class A digital apparatus meets all requirements of the EURO (CISPR 22) EMC specifications and safety requirements. This Gaming Device is not intended for use by young children or infirm persons without supervision. Young children should be supervised to ensure they do not play with this Gaming Device.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1-4

Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All)

Compliance This section provides an overview of the compliance characteristics for the Blade s23, Characteristics Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets. Safety Standards The cabinet is designed to comply with the following safety standards: 

CAN/CSA E-60335-2-82 Standard for Household and similar electrical appliances - Part 2: Particular requirements for amusement machines and personal service machines (IEC60335-2-82 and base standard IEC60335-1: Standard for Household and similar electrical appliances).



UL22 - UL Inc. Standard for Safety Amusement and Gaming Machines

EMC Standards Table 1-2 provides the EMC standards for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets. Table 1-2 EMC Standards. CISPR Emission IEC/EN CSPR 22 55022 Class A Information Technology Equipment - Radio Disturbance Characteristics FCC Emissions

FCC Rules and Regulations/Unintentional Radiators Class A Digital Devices Part 15 Subpart "B," Sections 15.107a and 15.109a

Immunity Testing IEC/EN 55024

ESD: IE/EN 61000-4-2 Electric Field Radiated Immunity: IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Electrical Fast Transients - EFT/Burst Immunity: IEC/EN 61000-4-4, Level 4, Criteria B Surge Immunity: EN 61000-4-5, Level 4, Criteria B Conducted Immunity: IEC/EN 61000-4-6, Level 3, Criteria A Magnetic Field Immunity: IEC/EN 61000-4-9, Criteria A Voltage Dips, Interruptions and Variations Immunity: IEC/EN 61000-4-6-11, Criteria C

Harmonics Current Emissions

Harmonics - IEC/EN 61000-3-2

Voltage Fluctuations and Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker - IEC/EN 61000-3-3 Flicker

Temperature and Table 1-3 and Table 1-4 provide an overview of the temperature and humidity characteristics Humidity for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets. Characteristics Table 1-3 Temperature. Operating Temperature

Storage/Transportation Temperature

-10ºC (14ºF) to +35ºC (+95ºF)

-20ºC (-4ºF) to +71ºC (+159ºF)

Table 1-4 Relative Humidity.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Operating Humidity

Storage Humidity

5% to 95% RH

5% to 95% RH

Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All)

1-5

Patent Label, Safety Several important sources of information are grouped at the back of the Blade s23, Blade s32, Certification and Gamescape game cabinets: Markings Label, and  The warning label, Figure 1-1 (A) and Figure 1-2, warns against tipping, shaking, or Ratings Nameplate rocking the cabinet. (Placard) 

The safety markings label, Figure 1-1 (B), contains symbols indicating the applicable certified safety certifications for the cabinet.



The patent label, Figure 1-1 (C), references a website with the cabinet patent information.



The ratings nameplate (placard), Figure 1-1 (D), lists the maximum current rating for the cabinet. For more information, Electrical Characteristics on page 1-7.



The serial plate, Figure 1-1 (E), contains the serial number for the cabinet.

Figure 1-1 Labels on back of the cabinet. A

B

C

E

D

NOTE The yellow label on the top left corner of the back of the cabinet, Figure 1-2 (A), warns against tipping, shaking, or rocking the cabinet.

Figure 1-2 Closeup view of warning label.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1-6

Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All)

Serial Plate and Ticket-In/Ticket-Out Windows on Removable Service Panel

At the base of the front of the cabinet, the game serial plate is visible from the outside of the game, Figure 1-3 (A), and the Ticket-In/Ticket-Out (TITO) plate is visible to the right side of the lower door, Figure 1-3 (B). Figure 1-3 Serial plate (left) and Ticket-In/Ticket-Out (TITO) plate (right).

A

B

Several informational labels are used inside the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets: 

The pinch point area label, Figure 1-4 (A), warns that hands can be pinched when holding the button panel from the sides when removing it from the cabinet. The correct way to hold the button panel is from the front. The label is located in the left channel.



The pull to release bezel label, Figure 1-4 (B), explains how to remove the main LCD bezel and is located near the left speaker.



The do not push down on door label, Figure 1-4 (C), explains that pushing down on the main door when it is open is not permitted and is located on the inside of the main door.



The close this door first label, Figure 1-4 (D), explains that the main door must be closed before the belly door and is located on the inside of the main door.

Figure 1-4 Labels inside of the cabinet. A

B

B

A

C

D C

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

D

Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All)

1-7

Electrical This section provides an overview of the voltage, current, wattage, and heat dissipation Characteristics characteristics for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets. NOTE The measurements listed on this page were calculated using the configuration (footnote numbers 1 through 5) listed at the bottom of the page. The placard on the side of the cabinet (see page 1-5) lists the absolute maximum values for the cabinet, taking into consideration all configurations.

Table 1-5 Voltage and frequency information. Voltage (VAC)

Frequency (Hertz)

120 / 220-240

50 / 60

Table 1-6 Current information. Configuration Blade 23 Blade s32 Gamescape

Voltage (Volts)

Typical1 (Amps)

Max2 (Amps)

Placard3 (Amps)

120

3.3

3.6

6.0

220-240

1.6

1.8

3.0

120

3.70

3.9

6.0

220-240

1.45

1.63

3.0

120

5.18

5.43

9.0

220-240

2.79

2.92

4.5

Table 1-7 Wattage information. Configuration

Typical1 (Watts)

Max2 (Watts)

Blade s23

390

411

Blade s32

442

461

Gamescape

622

653

Table 1-8 Heat dissipation. Configuration

BTU/hour4

Blade s23

1335

Blade s32

1509

Gamescape

2122

Measurements Listed Above Include . . . 

Player tracking (0.5Amp@ 120VAC or 0.25Amp @ 220-240 VAC)



Bill acceptor



Printers



Meters



Tower light (2 tier)



Emotive lighting

Measurements Listed Above Do Not Include . . . 

Audio chair



Marquee (oval or cloud) or any connection to switched AC



WAP meter (in game)



Participation Top Box 1

Typical = idle or during game play

2

Placard or Nameplate Current is defined as the maximum current rating of the cabinet.

3

Includes two 23-inch LCDs

4

BTU calculations derived as [(BTU with max load at 5% of the time) + (BTU with average load at 95% of the time)]

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1-8

Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All)

Scientific Games Requirements for Operating a Third Party AC Device

This section contains requirements for operating a Third Party AC Device (such as player tracking, protocol translators, etc.) maximum power consumption, Switched/Unswitched Maximum Output Power Limits, and configurations for Switched/Unswitched AC with a Third Party AC Device. Third Party AC Device Electrical Conditions This section contains requirements for a Third Party AC Device (player tracking, protocol translators, etc.) for use in the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets. 

Input voltage: 120 to 240 VAC, +/-10%, 50/60Hz



Leakage current: Less than 500 micro amps. This will assist in keeping the leakage current for the gaming device below the limit stated in UL22 Clause 34.



Maximum input power of 60 watts at 120 VAC



Meets Safety Standards and EMC Standards on page 1-4



Maximum operating temperature of +55°C or greater

Reference Table 1-9 for Third Party AC Device Connection and Power: Table 1-9 Third Party AC Device Connection and Power. Configuration

AC Connection

Power

Standard

Unswitched AC

60 watts

Alternate

Unswitched AC 1, 2

60 watts

1 .When a Third Party AC Device is connected to the Switched AC (see Figure 1-5 (A) for Switched AC Connector location), the Unswitched AC connectors, Figure 1-5 (B) must both be covered with a "DO NOT USE" label, Figure 1-6. Additionally, the Switched AC connector current label must be replaced by label 16-010588-32 to indicate the Switched AC connector 1 amp status. 2 .A Y-cable may be used on the Switched AC connector if the game uses another AC Device on the Switched AC (for example: Marquee). WMS part number HU-011886-00-xx is an example of an acceptable Y-cable.

Figure 1-5 Unswitched and switched AC connectors.

B B

A

The label (1426247) is shown in Figure 1-6. Figure 1-6 "Do Not Use" label.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All)

Recommended Maximum Power Measurement Process for a Third Party AC Device

1-9

All measurements shall be performed under maximum normal load. Maximum normal load is defined as all available features, inputs, and outputs that were designed to be used are in an active state. The test shall be performed under normal operating conditions. As part of the normal operating conditions, the test should be performed at +55°C (131°F) ambient temperature to replicate the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape internal cabinet temperatures. In addition, the measurements shall not be performed under any abnormal operating conditions such as a fault state or short. To ensure consistency for the maximum power measurements for the Third Party AC Device, the following procedure is recommended: 

Connect an AC RMS current meter in series with the "HOT" (AC in) for the Third Party AC Device.



Plug in the Third Party AC Device and ensure that the device has its maximum load applied to it without introducing any abnormal operating condition (i.e. If the device has 5 ports available for use, ensure that all 5 ports are being utilized at their normal operating conditions).



Place the AC RMS current meter to amps and "peak" detect.



Exercise the Third Party AC Device for 5 minutes. This exercise for the Third Party AC Device will mimic actual use.



Record the AC RMS current from the meter.



Measure the AC voltage.



Multiply the AC RMS current with the AC voltage to determine power.



Ensure that the power calculated does not exceed 60 watts.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 10

Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize

Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize Gaming Machine (All)

In order to prevent injury and protect game components from damage, each component on the inside of the game may only be accessed/handled by personnel with specific clearance and training. Before accessing the game and its components, ensure that you have the skills and assigned responsibilities in Table 1-10.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

For additional information, contact the 24/7 Product Support Group at 1-866-967-4457 for guidance. Table 1-10 Definitions of roles for personnel that repair, maintain, and patronize gaming machine. Job Role

Job Role Definitions/Qualifications

Point of Access to Inside of Cabinet

User

The player or participant of the amusement or gaming machine.

none

Drop crew

Responsible for emptying game bill acceptor.



belly door (using key)



bill jam service door

Attendants (non-technical maintenance)



Perform all non-technical maintenance associated with game, including filling printer paper.



main door (using key)



Assist players with games and payouts.



Perform routine maintenance such as the setting of controls and other minor adjustments.



Make routine operating adjustments including, but no limited to, cleaning the machine.



Perform all mechanical and electrical maintenance associated with game.



main door (using key)



An authorized person who may periodically enter game to repair or maintain electrical or mechanical components.



Responsible for overhauling, troubleshooting, and repairing equipment.



Responsible for installations and conversions.



The installation of accessories or conversion kits by means of attachment plugs and receptacles or by means of other separate connectors.



The replacement of tapes, discs, or program boards.



Replacement of lamps and fuses and resetting of circuit breakers located in a user-access area unless the lamps, fuses, or circuit breakers are marked to indicate replacement or resetting only by service personnel.

Service technicians (technical maintenance)

Properly Discard Game Cabinet and Components (All)

Before discarding this game, the batteries must be removed and disposed of safely. Disconnect the power supply cord (s) before removing the batteries.

Intended Users of Game Cabinet (All)

This game is not intended for use by persons (including children) with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities, or lack of experience or knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning the use of the game by a person responsible for their safety. Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the game.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Connectors (All)

Connectors (All)

1 - 11

This section describes the various connectors in the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Refer to Figure 1-7 and Table 1-11 as needed to determine where the connectors are located in the cabinet. Figure 1-7 Connector locations.

B B

A

Table 1-11 Connectors. Label Description

Reference

A

Switched AC connector

see Switched AC Connector on page 1-11

B

Unswitched AC connectors

see Unswitched AC Connectors on page 1-12

Switched AC The switched AC connector, Figure 1-8 (A), is available to power AC components. Connector Figure 1-8 Switched AC connectors.

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 12

Connectors (All) Reference Figure 1-9 for a description of the connector. Figure 1-9 Switched AC connector.

Channel ID

Function

A

Switched AC (5-pin)

Switched AC Table 1-12 lists the pinouts for the switched AC connector. Connector Pinouts Table 1-12 Pinouts of switched AC connector. PIN #

NAME

SIGNAL TYPE

1

LINE

AC Line

2

NC

NC

3

EGND

AC GROUND

4

NC

NC

5

NEUT

AC NEUTRAL

Unswitched AC The two AC connectors, Figure 1-10 (A), contain AC power distribution for player tracking and Connectors other Third Party AC Devices. The IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) connector includes a line cord extension, which is pre-routed through the game cabinet for participation games.

NOTE See Scientific Games Requirements for Operating a Third Party AC Device on page 1-8 for more details on safe, approved use of these connectors.

Figure 1-10 Unswitched AC connectors.

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

A

Connectors (All)

1 - 13

Reference Figure 1-11 for a description of the connectors. Figure 1-11 Unswitched AC connectors.

Channel ID

Function

A

Player tracking, unswitched AC (3-pin)

B

Player tracking, unswitched AC (IEC)

Pinouts for Designing Player Tracking System Hardware to Connect to AC Channel Table 1-13 provides the location of reference information for the pinouts on the connectors displayed in Figure 1-11. Table 1-13 Reference for AC connection PTS (player tracking system) pinouts. Pinouts

Reference

International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) AC Connector displayed in Figure 1-11 (A)

see AC Unswitched IEC Connector Pinouts on page 1-13

3-pin unswitched AC connector displayed in

see AC Connector Pinouts (3-pin) on page 1-14

Figure 1-11 (B)

AC Unswitched IEC Connector Pinouts This section describes the pinouts on the IEC AC connector, Figure 1-12. Figure 1-12 AC unswitched IEC connector.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 14

Connectors (All) Reference Table 1-14 for the pinouts on the AC unswitched IEC connector, Figure 1-13. Table 1-14 Pinouts of AC unswitched IEC connector. PIN Label L SYMBOL N

Name LINE GND (Ground) NEUTRAL

Figure 1-13 Measurements (in millimeters) of IEC connector.

The recommended cable length is 36 inches (91.44 cm)

AC Connector Pinouts (3-pin) This section describes the pinouts on the 3-pin unswitched AC connector. Figure 1-14 AC unswitched 3-pin connector.

Reference Table 1-15 for the pinouts on the AC unswitched 3-pin connector, Figure 1-14. Table 1-15 Pinouts of unswitched 3-pin AC connector. PIN Label 1 2 3

Name LINE GND (Ground) NEUTRAL

Table 1-16 lists the manufacturer part numbers for cable connector hardware used to interface to the unswitched AC power connector. The recommended cable length is 36 inches (91.44 cm). Table 1-16 Hardware used to interface unswitched AC power connector. Molex Part Number 19-09-1039 02-09-1102

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Description 3-pin Molex 3191 Receptacle 3-pin Molex .093 14-20AWG Terminal (female)

Connectors (All)

1 - 15

Backplane 2.0 This section details the backplane 2.0 connectors. Connectors The backplane chassis, Figure 1-15 (A), contains the backplane 2.0 printed circuit board (PCB), Figure 1-15 (B), which is located above CPU-3.2X, Figure 1-15 (C).

NOTE For further information on CPU-3.2X, reference Service Manual 1441400: CPU-3.2X and CPU-3.5X. For further information on CPU-4.1.1X, reference Service Manual 1456703: CPU-4.1.1X and CPU-4.2.2X.

Figure 1-15 Backplane chassis (left), backplane 2.0 PCB (right), and CPU-3.2X (bottom). A

B

C

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 16

Connectors (All) Most game components, including peripherals, connect to the backplane 2.0 PCB, Figure 1-16. Reference Table 1-17.

NOTE All USB devices connected to the backplane 2.0 PCB should plug into the hub ports. Only an external hub (if applicable) should plug into the port labeled "T" as shown in Figure 1-16 and Table 1-17.

NOTE In order for the game to work, a cable must be plugged into port H (Cabinet ID).

Figure 1-16 Backplane 2.0 PCB connectors. A

LL

LL

T

B1

B2 JP11

S

JP9-10

GG

LL

U

V

JP12-14 Y

X1

W

X

X2

C JP4-5

JP1-3

Z

D E

AA

F

LL

FF EE

DD

CC BB

N1 M

O1 N2

O1

G L

LL H

N3 R

Q

O

P

K

J

I

Primary LCD port Secondary LCD port HH

Table 1-17 Backplane 2.0 PCB connectors. ID

Connector

ID

Connector

ID

Connector

A

Host Comm 2 (RS-232 only) J7 (9-pin)

N1

Audio Input

AA

Bill Acceptor

N2

Primary Audio Output

N3

Secondary Audio Output

BB

Arm/Handle

CC

Key Switches

Audio (J1 is SPDIF_Output_1 and is the primary audio output; J3 is SPDIF_Output_2 and J2 is SPDIF_Input) (ports are from top to bottom J2, J1, and J3) B1

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Host Comm 1 (RS-485 daisy chaining requires DB-15 "Y" cable: WMS p/n 1445458) J24 (15-pin)

O

Display Ports

O1

Primary LCD

O2

Secondary LCD

B2

Host Comm 1 (RS-232) (5-pin)

O

Display Ports

O1

Primary LCD

C

Progressive - J18 (8-pin) and J76 (8-pin)

P

Auxiliary power (+24V, +12V, +5V) - J37, J38, J39, J40, J34 (8-pin)

Service Fuses (All)

1 - 17

Table 1-17 Backplane 2.0 PCB connectors. ID

Connector

ID

Connector

ID

Connector

D

SPN - J46

Q

Power input (+24V, +12V, +5V, +3V3 and ACFAIL#)

DD

General purpose inputs

E

Auxiliary 2 - J65 (9-pin)

R

PVM (fan tray assembly) 12-pin

EE

General Purpose Input/Output

F

Auxiliary 3 - J66 (9-pin)

S

Auxiliary Power (+24V and 5V) (4-pin)

FF

Cabinet ID

G

On-board USB 2.0 Hub Ports T (7 ports from BP USB Hub) J41 (right side only), J42, J-43, J-44 (8-pin)

Power input (isolated +5Vi) 2-pin

GG

EGM Fans

H

Auxiliary 1 / GAT - J5 (9-pin)

U

Player Tracking

HH

CPU Interface NOTE: (B23 and B32 only; not on Gamescape)

I

I2C (integrated circuit)

V

Top Box

LL

LEDs

J

Ethernet

W

Meters

JP1-3

Bill Acceptor jumpers

K

USB 3.0

X X1

Door Switches Gamescape Auxiliary Logic (top display) Gamescape Triptych

JP4-5

Progressive Jumpers

L

External USB 2.0 Hub Port

Y

Tower Lamps

JP9-10

HOST COMM1 jumpers

M

VGA

Z

Printer

JP11

Meter jumper

JP12-14

Door switch jumpers

X2

Service Fuses (All)

Fuses can be replaced by Service technicians (technical maintenance) personnel; for more information on role definitions, see Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize Gaming Machine (All) on page 1-10.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape.

The power supply includes a fuse for switched power, Figure 1-17 (A), or unswitched power, Figure 1-17 (B). Figure 1-17 Insert a flathead screwdriver into fuse-holder notch (closeup of fuse on right). B

A

The switched AC output fuse, Figure 1-17 (A), provides circuit protection to system AC devices when the power switch is in the ON position. This includes installed display devices, and all AC-based illumination in the cabinet. The unswitched AC output fuse, Figure 1-17 (B), provides circuit protection to AC devices when in standby or the ON position. This is primarily used to power player tracking systems and the service outlet. The complete procedure for replacing fuses can be reviewed at Replacing the Switched or Unswitched Fuses on page 3-90. When replacing a fuse, the AC line cord from the outlet MUST be disconnected.

WARNING - SHOCK HAZARD To avoid shock hazard, disconnect the AC line cord before handling fuses. Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 18

Guidelines for Game Placement (All)

Guidelines for Game Placement (All)

This section provides the guidelines for game placement.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape.

Moving the The purpose of this section is to present the instructions for properly moving the cabinet. Cabinet Use a Hand Cart/Hand Truck with Proper Rating Only use a hand cart/hand truck that is rated for at least 500 lbs (226.8 kg). When moving the cabinets with a hand cart/hand truck, only lift the game from the bottom rear of the cabinet, Figure 1-18 (A), and hold the top of the cabinet to ensure that it does not topple. Be aware that the center of gravity will change as the cabinet is being moved. Figure 1-18 Rear bottom of cabinet.

A

Lifting/Moving Cabinet Into and Out of a Bank of Games The only approved method of lifting the cabinet is with a hand cart/hand truck. Other than the bottom of the cabinet, there is no place on the game that is designed to support the weight of the entire cabinet while the cabinet is lifted.

Use of a Carpet Stretcher is Not Encouraged by Scientific Games The use of a carpet stretcher when placing the cabinet onto the casino floor is not encouraged by Scientific Games.

Ensure Proper The cabinets can be placed flush against other cabinets or walls. The construction of the Venting cabinet ensures that vents are clear even when the cabinet is installed flush with walls or other cabinets.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Base Game Dimensions and Weights

Base Game Dimensions and Weights

1 - 19

This section provides the game cabinet dimensions for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape.

Blade s23 Dimensions of the Blade s23 configuration are listed in Table 1-18. Table 1-18 Blade s23 game dimensions and weights. Height

Width

Depth

Weight

Configuration

inches

cm

inches

cm

inches

cm

lbs

kg

Blade ™ s23 with tower light

63.746

161.91

30

76.2

29.5

74.93

286.5

129.954

Blade ™ s23 with marquee

79.799

202.689

30

76.2

29.5

74.93

308.2

139.797

Blade s32 Dimensions of the Blade s32 configuration are listed in Table 1-19. Table 1-19 Blade s32 game dimensions and weights. Height

Width

Depth

Weight

Configuration

inches

cm

inches

cm

inches

cm

lbs

kg

Blade ™ s32 with tower light

72.789

184.9

29.984

76.2

29.384

74.6

367.0

166.5

Blade ™ s32 with marquee

89.662

227.7

29.984

76.2

29.384

744.6

385.0

174.0

Gamescape Dimensions of the Gamescape configuration are listed in Table 1-20. Table 1-20 Gamescape base game dimensions and weights. Height Configuration

inches

Gamescape 99.556 without tower light or top box

Width

Depth

Weight

cm

inches

cm

inches

cm

lbs

kg

252.87

29.984

76.16

29.543

54.79

373.4

169.37

NOTE For more information on base game dimensions and weights for the Gamescape, reference Installation Bulletin: 1460345 Install Willy Wonka on Gamescape and Willy Wonka Drawing TBX-1454892.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 20

Lock Specifications/ Guidelines

Lock Specifications/ Guidelines

This section contains CPU and cabinet entry lock specifications for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Cabinet/Bill Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape Acceptor Entry Lock Reference Table 1-21 for the lock specifications for each cabinet access point. Specifications Table 1-21 Cabinet and cashbox entry lock specifications. Door

Main door

Lock Length

Cam

Spacer

5/8 inches (15.87 mm)

1442616 (requires use with mechanical lock plate 01-13431)

02-026697-00-04

7/8 inches (22.23 mm) 1-1/8 inches (28.45 mm)

Belly door (farthest from user)

Belly door (closest to user)

02-026697-00-04

5/8 inches (15.87 mm)

1439451

02-026697-00-01

7/8 inches (22.23 mm)

1439451

02-026697-00-01 and 02-026697-00-04

1-1/8 inches (28.45 mm)

1439451

02-026697-00-01 and 02-026697-00-04

5/8 inches (15.87 mm)

1439451

02-026697-00-01

7/8 inches (22.23 mm)

1439451

02-026697-00-01 and 02-026697-00-04

1-1/8 inches (28.45 mm)

1439451

02-026697-00-01 and 02-026697-00-04

5/8 inches (15.87 mm)

1442616 (requires use with mechanical lock plate 01-13431)

None

Cashbox Door

7/8 inches (22.23 mm)

CPU

5/8 inches (15.87 mm)

1445488

1-1/8 inches (28.45 mm)

CPU secondary

02-026697-00-04 None 02-026697-00-04

7/8 inches (22.23 mm)

1445488

2x 02-026697-00-04

1-1/8 inches (28.45 mm)

1445488

3x 02-026697-00-04

5/8 inches (15.87 mm)

1445488

02-026697-00-04

7/8 inches (22.23 mm)

1445488

2x 02-026697-00-04

1-1/8 inches (28.45 mm)

1445488

3x 02-026697-00-04

Spacer Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape Specifications Table 1-22 lists the cabinet entry lock spacer sizes. Table 1-22 Cabinet entry lock spacer sizes.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

None

Part Number

Description

Spacer Length (L)

02-026697-00-01

SPCR: LOCK BOX-.06

.06 inches (1.52 mm)

02-026697-00-02

SPCR: LOCK BOX-.13

.13 inches (3.30 mm)

02-026697-00-04

SPCR: LOCK BOX-.25

.25 inches (6.35 mm)

02-026697-00-06

SPCR: LOCK BOX-.38

.38 inches (9.65 mm)

Lock Specifications/ Guidelines

1 - 21

A diagram of an entry lock spacer is displayed in Figure 1-19. Figure 1-19 Diagram of entry lock spacer.

Installing Door Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape Locks in In order to ensure that they function correctly, all cabinet locks must be installed in the UNLOCKED Position UNLOCKED position.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 22

Installing Gamescape Anti-Tip Brackets

Installing Gamescape Anti-Tip Brackets

Due to the extreme height of the mast and configuration limitations, the Gamescape Anti-Tip Brackets (1461587), Figure 1-20, may be used when installing the game. There are two separate brackets: a left bracket (1461501) and a right bracket (1461511). The cabinet must only be installed back-to-back, against a wall, in a carousel formation, or as a standalone. The Gamescape Stability Wedges can be used when the cabinets are in a carousel or standalone formation.

NOTE The Blade s23 and the Blade s32 do not use stability wedges.

Figure 1-20 Both Anti-Tip Brackets installed on game (top center), Left Anti-Tip Bracket (lower left) and Right Anti-Tip Bracket (lower right).

WARNING The cabinet is top heavy and may tilt forward if not properly installed. The cabinet may be installed back-to-back with another cabinet where it can be bolted together, installed against a wall, in a carousel formation, or as a standalone.

NOTE Each Anti-Tip Bracket has a plastic bag of hardware attached to it.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Installing Gamescape Anti-Tip Brackets

1 - 23

To install the Gamescape Anti-Tip Brackets, complete the following steps: 1 Locate and remove the hardware from the bag attached to each Anti-Tip Bracket. 2 Facing the rear of the game cabinet, slide the right Anti-Tip Bracket flush against the right

foot of the game cabinet, Figure 1-21. Figure 1-21 Slide right Anti-Tip Bracket flush against the right side of game cabinet.

3 Note that the bracket screw holes, Figure 1-22 (A), will slide past the screw holes on the

game cabinet, Figure 1-22 (B), and will not be aligned with them. Figure 1-22 Bracket screw holes do not align with cabinet screw holes.

B

B

A A

4 Position and tighten the two pan head screws into the bracket, Figure 1-23. Note the screws

securing the bracket do not actually screw into the cabinet foot but into the opposite side of the bracket; since the bracket extends past the cabinet foot, the tightened screws prevent the bracket from coming off. Figure 1-23 Tighten two pan head screws.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 24

Overview of Outside Components

Overview of Outside Components

This section contains illustrations and descriptions of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinet external components. In addition, this section contains closer views of the following components: 

LCDs



Cabinet doors



Game access locks



Hard meters



Illuminated bill acceptor bezel



Illuminated printer bezel



OLED button panel



Tablet 2.0 button panel



Button panel 2.0

Blade s23 Reference Figure 1-24 to identify each of the externally accessible components on the Blade s23 game cabinet. Figure 1-24 Blade s23 cabinet external game components. A

B

C

P

D

O

Q

N

E

M L F

K J

G

I

H

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Letter

Description

A

Tower light

B

Marquee

C

23-inch accessory top

D

Accessory top LCD emotive lighting

E

Right base game speaker grill

F

Illuminated bill acceptor bezel

G

Cashbox door

H

Drop door

I

Main door

J

Belly door

K

Hard meters (if applicable)

L

OLED button panel

M

Illuminated printer bezel

N

Left base game speaker grill

O

23-inch main LCD

P

23-inch secondary LCD

Q

Player tracking component faceplate location

Overview of Outside Components

1 - 25

Blade s32 Reference Figure 1-25 to identify each of the externally accessible components on the Blade s32 game cabinet. Figure 1-25 Blade s32 cabinet external game components. A

B

C

D

E

F

Q

P

G O

Letter

Description

A

Tower light

B

Marquee

C

32-inch accessory top

D

32-inch secondary LCD

E

Accessory top LCD emotive lighting

F

32-inch main LCD

G

Right base game speaker grill

H

Illuminated bill acceptor bezel

I

Cashbox door

J

Drop door

K

Tablet 2.0 button panel

L

Main door

M

Hard meters (if applicable)

N

Belly door

O

Illuminated printer bezel

P

Left base game speaker grill

Q

Player tracking component faceplate location

N

H K

M

I L J

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 26

Overview of Outside Components

Gamescape Reference Figure 1-25 to identify each of the externally accessible components on the Gamescape game cabinet. Figure 1-26 Gamescape cabinet external game components.

A

B

C

D M

L E

K

F

J

H I

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

G

Letter

Description

A

Wheel Weldment

B

Mast

C

Soundbar

D

Triptych LCD display

E

Illuminated bill acceptor bezel

F

Cashbox door

G

Drop door

H

Tablet 2.0 button panel

I

Main door

J

Hard meters (if applicable)

K

Belly door

L

Illuminated printer bezel

M

Player tracking component faceplate location

N

Leap Motion Housing

Accessing the Game

Accessing the Game

1 - 27

This section provides information describing the ways to access the interior of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Cabinet Doors Blade s23 and Blade s32 The inside of the Blade s23 and Blade s32 game cabinets are accessed through the following access points:

NOTE The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each door (as well as all other switches).



Secondary LCD, Figure 1-27 (A)



Main LCD, Figure 1-27 (B)



Belly door, Figure 1-27 (C)



Main door, Figure 1-27 (D)



Cashbox door, Figure 1-27 (E)



Drop door, Figure 1-27 (F)

Figure 1-27 Blade s23 cabinet doors (left) and Blade s32 cabinet doors (right).

A

A

B

B

C C

D

E D

E

F F

Blade s23

Blade s32

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 28

Accessing the Game Gamescape The inside of the game cabinet is accessed through the following access points:

NOTE The belly door must be open to open the triptych LCD in order to gain access to and remove the landscape LCD. See Overview of Switches on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each door (as well as all other switches).



Triptych LCD, Figure 1-28 (A)



Belly door, Figure 1-28 (B)



Main door, Figure 1-28 (C)



Cashbox door, Figure 1-28 (D)



Drop door, Figure 1-28 (E)

Figure 1-28 Gamescape cabinet doors.

A

B C E

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

D

Accessing the Game

1 - 29

Access Locks This section identifies each lock access point on the base cabinet. (All) The lock access points located underneath the belly door, Figure 1-29 (A), are shown in Figure 1-29 (B), (C), (D), (E), and (F). Figure 1-29 Access locks underneath belly door (top) and lock access points (bottom).

A A

Gamescape

Blade s23 / Blade s32

B D E

Letter

F C

Description

B

Belly door/bill acceptor lock

C

Belly door/ bill acceptor lock

D

Extra lock area

E

Reset

F

Belly door pin

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 30

Accessing the Game The lock access points located on the main door, Figure 1-30 (A), are shown in Figure 1-30 (B), (C), and (D). Figure 1-30 Accessing locks on main door.

A

A

Gamescape

Blade s23 / Blade s32 B

C

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Letter

Description

B

Main door

C

Extra lock area

D

Cashbox

D

Accessing the Game

1 - 31

Belly Door, Main and This section explains belly door, main door, and drop door access to the following components in Drop Door Access the base cabinet, Figure 1-31: Points (All) Figure 1-31 Accessing components from belly door, main door, ’

and drop door (doors removed for clarity).

Blade s23 / Blade s32

Letter

Description

A

Left and right speakers (Blade s23/Blade s32) Speakerbar (Gamescape)

I A

A

H B

B

Bill Acceptor

C

Cashbox door

D

WMS audio subwoofer

E

Diagnostic test switch

F

Power supply

G

Power switch

H

Printer

I

Player tracking tray hardware

G F

C

E

D

Gamescape A

I

H B G F

C E D

The main door can be opened by Attendants (non-technical maintenance) and Service technicians (technical maintenance); for more information on role definitions, see Definitions of roles for personnel that repair, maintain, and patronize gaming machine. on page 1-10.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 32

Accessing the Game

Belly Door Blade s23 and Blade s32 The belly door, Figure 1-32 (A), allows access to the following components, Figure 1-33: Figure 1-32 Location of belly door (Blade s23 shown).

A

NOTE The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD.

f

Figure 1-33 Components accessed by opening belly door (Blade s23 shown). Letter

Description

A

23-inch secondary LCD Blade s23

A

32-inch secondary LCD Blade s32 B

B

23-inch main LCD Blade s23 32-inch main LCD Blade s32

E C C F D

C

Left and right speakers

D

Printer

E

Player tracking hardware

F

Bill acceptor

The belly door can be opened by Attendants (non-technical maintenance) and Service technicians (technical maintenance); for more information on role definitions, see Definitions of roles for personnel that repair, maintain, and patronize gaming machine. on page 1-10.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Accessing the Game

1 - 33

Gamescape The belly door, Figure 1-34 (A), and the triptych display LCD, Figure 1-34 (B), allows access to the following components, Figure 1-35: Figure 1-34 Location of belly door and triptych display LCD.

B

A

f

Figure 1-35 Components accessed by opening belly door and triptych display LCD.

B

A

Letter

Description

A

Triptych LCD display

B

Speakerbar

C

Printer

D

Player tracking hardware

E

Bill acceptor

D C

E

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 34

Accessing the Game 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door and

Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape on page 1-35 for more details. 2 Open the triptych LCD. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door and Triptych LCD

Display - Gamescape on page 1-35.

NOTE The triptych display LCD must be open in order to gain access to the components.

Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32 The procedure below describes how to unlock and open the belly door. 1 Reach underneath the right side of the belly door, Figure 1-36 (A), and insert the belly door

key into the lock, Figure 1-36 (B). Figure 1-36 Reach under belly door to unlock (top); belly door shown from underneath (bottom) (Blade s23 shown).

B A

B

C

2 Turn the belly door lock, Figure 1-36 (B), clockwise for the key closest to you or

counterclockwise for the key furthest from you. 3 Slide the belly door latch to the left to release the belly door, Figure 1-36 (C).

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Accessing the Game

1 - 35

4 Lift up on the belly door to open, Figure 1-37. Figure 1-37 Lift up to open the belly door (Blade s23 shown).

Unlocking and Opening the Belly Door and Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape The procedure below describes how to unlock and open the belly door and the triptych LCD Display. 1 Reach underneath the right side of the belly door, Figure 1-38 (A), and insert the belly door

key into the lock, Figure 1-38 (B). Figure 1-38 Reach under belly door to unlock (top); belly door shown from underneath (bottom).

B

B

C

A

2 Turn the belly door lock, Figure 1-38 (B), clockwise for the key closest to you or

counterclockwise for the key furthest from you. 3 Slide the belly door latch to the left to release the belly door, Figure 1-38 (C).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 36

Accessing the Game 4 Lift up on the belly door to open, Figure 1-39. Figure 1-39 Lift up to open the belly door.

5 From the left channel, pull the slide bracket latch forward, Figure 1-40 (A), to release the

triptych LCD. Figure 1-40 Pull slide bracket latch forward to release triptych LCD.

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Accessing the Game

1 - 37

6 When the slide bracket latch is pulled forward, the triptych LCD is released. Carefully rotate

it forward, Figure 1-41, until the LCD stops in the service position Figure 1-41 The triptych LCD rotates forward.

Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32 The procedure below describes how to close and lock the belly door. 1 Push gently down on the belly door to close, Figure 1-42.

WARNING Make sure to position hands in center of belly door to avoid getting pinched.

Figure 1-42 Press down to close the belly door (Blade s23 shown).

2 Continue pressing down until you hear a click that the belly door latch locks, securing the

belly door.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 38

Accessing the Game 3 Pull up on the belly door to ensure that it is fully latched. 4 The belly door is now closed and locked.

NOTE To confirm the belly door is locked, slide the latch to the left. If the latch does not slide, the belly door is locked.

Locking and Closing the Belly Door and the Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape The procedure below describes how to close and lock the belly door and the triptych LCD Display. 1 Carefully holding the triptych LCD on both sides, slowly rotate back towards the cabinet

until it locks into position, Figure 1-43. Figure 1-43 Rotate triptych LCD back until it locks.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Accessing the Game

1 - 39

2 Push gently down on the belly door to close, Figure 1-44.

WARNING Make sure to position hands in center of belly door to avoid getting pinched.

Figure 1-44 Press down to close the belly door.

3 Continue pressing down until you hear a click that the belly door latch locks, securing the

belly door. 4 Pull up on the belly door to ensure that it is fully latched. 5 The belly door is now closed and locked.

NOTE To confirm the belly door is locked, slide the latch to the left. If the latch does not slide, the belly door is locked.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 40

Accessing the Game

Main Door The main door, Figure 1-45 (A), allows access to the components located in the lower half of (All) the cabinet. Figure 1-45 Location of main door (Blade s23 shown).

A

NOTE The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each door (as well as all other switches).

The following components are accessed by opening the main door, Figure 1-46: Figure 1-46 Components accessed by opening main door. GA

A

C

D F

B

E

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Letter

Description

A

Diagnostic test button

B

CPU area

C

Backplane area

D

Power switch

E

Hard meter (if applicable)

F

Power supply

G

Main door switch

Accessing the Game

1 - 41

Unlocking and Opening the Main Door The procedure below describes how to close and lock the main door. 1 Confirm the belly door is open. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Turn the main door lock clockwise to the right, Figure 1-47. Figure 1-47 Unlock the main door (Blade s23 shown).

3 Pull the main door down to open, Figure 1-48. Figure 1-48 Open the main door (Blade s23 shown).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 42

Accessing the Game Closing and Locking the Main Door The procedure below describes how to close and lock the main door. 1 Slowly raise the main door to the closed position, Figure 1-49. Figure 1-49 Close the main door.

2 Turn the main door lock counterclockwise, Figure 1-50. Figure 1-50 Turn the main door lock counterclockwise.

3 The main door is now closed and locked. 4 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Accessing the Game

1 - 43

Drop Door The drop door, Figure 1-51, allows access to the following components, Figure 1-52: (All) Figure 1-51 Location of drop door (Blade s23 shown).

A

:

Figure 1-52 Components accessed by opening drop door.

A

C D

B

Letter

Description

A

Drop door switch

B

Subwoofer

C

Audio amplifier

D

EMU controller

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 44

Accessing the Game

Unlocking, Opening and Removing the Drop Door The procedure below describes how to unlock, open, and remove the drop door. 1 Confirm the belly door is open. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Confirm the main door is open. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Push the drop door latch located next to the power supply to the left, Figure 1-53, to release

the drop door. Figure 1-53 Push drop door latch to left (view on left) and closeup of latch (right).

4 Once the drop door is released by pushing the drop door latch to the left, lift the drop door

tabs out of the three slots located on the foot rest, Figure 1-54 (A). Figure 1-54 Lift drop door tabs out of three corresponding slots on foot rest.

A

5 Set the drop door aside in a safe place.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

A

A

Accessing the Game

1 - 45

Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop Door The procedure below describes how to install, close, and lock the drop door. 1 Confirm the belly door is open. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details 2 Confirm the main door is open. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Locate the drop door. 4 Engage the drop door tabs with the three corresponding slots located on the foot rest,

Figure 1-55 (A), and rotate the drop door towards the cabinet. Figure 1-55 Engage drop door tabs with three slots on foot rest and rotate towards cabinet (main door removed for clarity).

A

A

A

5 Continue pushing the drop door towards the cabinet until the drop door latch located next to

the power supply, Figure 1-56, locks. Figure 1-56 Drop door latch (left) and closeup (right).

6 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 7 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 46

Accessing the Game

Cashbox The cashbox is accessed by opening the cashbox access door. (All) Unlocking and Opening the Cashbox Access Door The procedure below describes how to unlock and open the cashbox access door. 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Insert the cashbox access door key into the lock, Figure 1-57 (A). Figure 1-57 Cashbox access door lock (Blade s23 shown).

A

3 Turn the cashbox access door key clockwise. 4 Slowly lower the cashbox access door into the open position, Figure 1-58 (A). Figure 1-58 Lower cashbox access door into open position.

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Hard Meters (All)

1 - 47

Closing and Locking the Cashbox Access Door The procedure below describes how to close and lock the cashbox access door. 1 Confirm the belly door is open. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details 2 Insert the cashbox into the game. Reference Installing the Cashbox on page 3-151 for more

details. 3 Slowly raise the cashbox access door to the closed position, Figure 1-59. Figure 1-59 Raise cashbox door to closed position.

A

4 Turn the cashbox access door key counterclockwise to lock. 5 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Hard Meters (All)

If applicable, the hard meters are located on the front left of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets, under the button panel assembly, on the main door, Figure 1-60.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

Figure 1-60 Hard meters. Letter

Description

A

Coins In

B

Coins Out

C

Coins Drop

D

Bills (In $)

E

Jackpot

F

Open

A

B

C

D

E

F

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 48

Illuminated Printer, Bill Acceptor, and Button Panel Bezels

Illuminated Printer, Bill Acceptor, and Button Panel Bezels

This section provides information on the illuminated printer, bill acceptor, and button panel bezels for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Blade s23 The Blade s23 game cabinet includes illuminated bezels for the printer, Figure 1-61 (A), bill acceptor, Figure 1-61 (B), and button panel, Figure 1-61 (C). The illuminated bezels promote ease of use for the player and enhanced aesthetics. Figure 1-61 Illuminated printer, button panel assembly, and bill acceptor bezels.

B

A

C

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Illuminated Printer, Bill Acceptor, and Button Panel Bezels

1 - 49

Blade s32 The Blade s32 game cabinet includes illuminated bezels for the printer, Figure 1-62 (A), bill acceptor, Figure 1-62 (B), and button panel, Figure 1-62 (C). The illuminated bezels promote ease of use for the player and enhanced aesthetics. Figure 1-62 Illuminated printer, button panel assembly, and bill acceptor bezels.

B

A

C

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 50

Illuminated Printer, Bill Acceptor, and Button Panel Bezels

Gamescape The Gamescape game cabinet includes illuminated bezels for the printer, Figure 1-63 (A), bill acceptor, Figure 1-63 (B), and button panel, Figure 1-63 (C). The illuminated bezels promote ease of use for the player and enhanced aesthetics. Figure 1-63 Illuminated printer, button panel assembly, and bill acceptor bezels.

B

A

C

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Button Panels

Button Panels

1 - 51

This section provides information on the OLED and Button Panel 2.0 button panels.

Organic The Blade s23 game cabinet features the Organic Light-Emitting Diode (OLED) 13-Button Panel Light-Emitting Diode (1431242), Figure 1-64 (A). (OLED) Button Panel Figure 1-64 13-Button OLED button panel. (Blade s23) A

The Organic Light-Emitting Diode (OLED) Button Panel is compatible with CPU-3.2X. Features include the following: 

programmable OLEDs



USB connection to CPU for data



white text OLED buttons

Tablet 2.0 The Blade s32 and Gamescape game cabinet features the Tablet 2.0 button panel, Button Panel Figure 1-65 (A). (Blade s32 and Figure 1-65 Tablet 2.0 button panel. Gamescape) A

The Tablet 2.0 button panel is compatible with CPU-3.2X and CPU-4.1.1X. Features include the following:

Leap Motion (Gamescape)



10.4-inch touch screen



mechanical buttons

Leap Motion is a USB peripheral device which allows seamless interaction with the game. It is integrated into Gamescape. The Leap Motion device is located behind the Tablet 2.0 button panel. It allows the player’s motions to interact with the game.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 52

Overview of Switches

Overview of Switches

This section details the location of each switch in the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Accessory Top Reference Figure 1-66 for the location of each switch in the Blade s23 and Blade s32 accessory (Blade s23 and tops. Blade s32) Figure 1-66 Cabinet switches: Blade s23 accessory top (top), Blade s32 accessory top (bottom).

Blade s23

Callout Description

Tilt Codes

A

T

Accessory top switch (in accessory top area)

A

Blade s32

A

LCDs Reference Figure 1-67 for the location of each switch in the Gamescape landscape and triptych (Gamescape) lcds. Figure 1-67 Cabinet switches. Callout Description

A

Gamescape

B C

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

A

Upper display door switch (in mast area)

B

Power switch (in triptych LCD area)

C

Triptych door switch

Overview of Switches

1 - 53

Base Reference Figure 1-66 for the location of each switch in the base game cabinet. Cabinet (All) Figure 1-68 Cabinet switches: Base cabinet.

Callout Description

Tilt Codes

B

Main door switch (in main door area)

M

C

Diagnostic test switch (in main door area)

n/a

D

Drop door switch (in drop door area)

D

E

Bill acceptor switch (in cash box area)

V

F

Stacker switch (in cash box area)

S

G

Belly door switch (in belly door area)

B

G

F B

C

D

E

Compressing Door Cabinet door switches can be pressed to remain in the closed position while the respective Switches to door is open in order to simulate Play Mode for troubleshooting and diagnostic tasks. Simulate Play Mode

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 54

LCD Components

LCD Components

This section details the location of the LCD components in the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Blade s23 and The Blade s23 accessory top contains a dual LCD assembly with two horizontal premium touch Blade s32 LCDs with displayport [secondary LCD, Figure 1-69 (A), and main LCD, Figure 1-69 (B)]. The Blade s32 accessory top contains a dual LCD assembly with two horizontal premium touch LCDs with displayport [secondary LCD, Figure 1-69 (C), and main LCD, Figure 1-69 (D)].

NOTE The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD.

Figure 1-69 Blade s23 (left) and Blade s32 (right) LCD components.

A

B

B

Blade s23

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

A

Blade s32

LCD Components

1 - 55

Gamescape The Gamescape contains a Triptych LCD assembly, Figure 1-70 (A), consisting of two (2) 21.5-inch HD 16:9, 1920x1080 resolution displays flanking a central 26.5-in HD+ 16:16, 1920x1920 display. Figure 1-70 Gamescape LCD component.

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 56

Emotive Lighting Overview

Emotive Lighting Overview

The emotive lighting system consists of RGB (red, green, blue) LEDs mounted on printed circuit boards throughout the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

It can be used to do the following: 

Attract players to games from a distance with colored light shows with possible coordination across banks of games.



Heighten anticipation during game play by using colors and synchronous lighting displays to convey emotion and drama.



Celebrate wins during a bonus round or during/after an award.



Close game play and wish a player a "farewell" after cashing out.

Blade s23 and Reference Figure 1-71 to identify the emotive lighting PCBs used throughout: Blade s32  the Blade s23 game cabinet, Figure 1-71 (A) 

the Blade s32 game cabinet, Figure 1-71 (B)

For more information, see Emotive Lighting Controller Assembly (All) on page 1-58. Figure 1-71 Blade s23 (left) and Blade s32 (right) emotive lighting PCBs. B

A

Blade s23

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Blade s32

Emotive Lighting Overview

1 - 57

Gamescape Reference Figure 1-72 to identify the emotive lighting PCBs used throughout the Gamescape cabinet, Figure 1-72. For more information, see Emotive Lighting Controller Assembly (All) on page 1-58. Figure 1-72 Gamescape emotive lighting PCBs.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 58

Emotive Lighting Overview

Emotive Lighting The emotive lighting controller assembly is installed on the left side of the cabinet, Controller Assembly Figure 1-73 (A), behind the drop door. The status LEDs are located on the front-facing side, and (All) the front-facing side of the bracket has a slot for easy viewing while troubleshooting. Figure 1-73 Emotive lighting controller assembly (drop door removed for clarity).

A

Emotive Lighting Figure 1-74 shows the Emotive Lighting Control ports. Controller Assembly Figure 1-74 Emotive lighting controller ports (controller removed for illustrative purposes). Status LEDs (All)

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Player Tracking System Mounting Bracket Overview (All)

Player Tracking System Mounting Bracket Overview (All)

1 - 59

The Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets offers flexibility for player tracking system hardware with a centrally located mounting bracket, Figure 1-75 (A).

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape game cabinets.

Figure 1-75 Player tracking bracket (main door removed for clarity).

A

Side Panels (All)

The side panels on the base cabinets are removable. 

each side panel on the Blade s23 game cabinet is made up of two sections, Figure 1-76 (A)



each side panel on the Blade s32 game cabinet is made up of three sections, Figure 1-76 (B)



each side panel on the Gamescape game cabinet is made up of two sections, Figure 1-76 (C)

Figure 1-76 Side panels: Blade s23 (left), Blade s32 (center), and Gamescape (right). A

B

C

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

1 - 60

Side Panels (All)

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Installation and Setup

2

Overview

This chapter describes the basic installation and setup of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets, including preparation, jumper settings, electronic connections, and third party electrical guidelines.

Table of Contents

In this chapter: Overview ........................................................................................................................... 2-1 Table of Contents ............................................................................................................. 2-1 Preparing for Installation (All) ......................................................................................... 2-2 Tools Required for Installation ..................................................................................... 2-2 ESD Prevention ........................................................................................................... 2-2 Accessing the Inside of the Game ............................................................................... 2-2 Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) ................................................................................ 2-2 Belly Door Locks .......................................................................................................... 2-3 Main Door Lock............................................................................................................ 2-8 Cashbox Door Lock ................................................................................................... 2-11 CPU Lock................................................................................................................... 2-14 Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X) ................ 2-15 CPU-3.2X CompactFlash OS and Game Software Slots .......................................... 2-15 Installing the JUR SPI Assembly or BIOS Firmware Assembly ................................. 2-15 Removing the Control System ................................................................................... 2-16 Installing the Control System ..................................................................................... 2-18 Removing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X from the Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis..... 2-20 Installing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X onto the Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis ....... 2-21 Connecting to Power Supply (All) ................................................................................ 2-23 Connecting to a Power Source .................................................................................. 2-23 Disconnecting from a Power Source.......................................................................... 2-25 Verifying WMS Audio Amplifier Connections ............................................................. 2-28 Connecting to Power Supply in MAST (Gamescape) ................................................. 2-28 Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All) .............................................................. 2-29 Bill Acceptor Jumpers ................................................................................................ 2-29 Progressive Port Jumpers.......................................................................................... 2-30 Door Switch Jumpers................................................................................................. 2-31 HOST 1 Jumpers ....................................................................................................... 2-32 Emulating Hard Meters .............................................................................................. 2-32 Color Connectors ....................................................................................................... 2-33 LED Reference .......................................................................................................... 2-34 Power Indicator LEDs ................................................................................................ 2-35 Host Comm LEDs ...................................................................................................... 2-36 Calibrating the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape)....................... 2-36 Daisy Chain Emotive Lighting Controllers (All) .......................................................... 2-37 Game Startup Sequence (All) ........................................................................................ 2-39 Installing Player Tracking System Faceplates and Components (if necessary) ........ 2-39 Performing a RAM Clear............................................................................................ 2-39 Installing Game, OS CompactFlash Cards, and BIOS/Jurisdictional Chip ................ 2-39 Installing and Configuring the OS .............................................................................. 2-39

Service Manual & User Guide: Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape 1445543 - May 27, 2016 TecDoc14A - Beta1

2-2 Preparing for Installation (All)

Preparing for Installation (All) This section provides instructions for preparing for the installation of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets. NOTE Before installing the game, inspect for any defects or damage.

Tools Required for The following tools are required to perform the procedures in this chapter: Installation 

ESD wrist strap



11/32-inch nut driver



9mm nut driver



Ratchet



7/16-inch nut driver



3/8-inch deep well socket



T10 security screwdriver



#1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver



3/8-inch deep well nut driver



#2 Phillips screwdriver



#2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver



7/8-inch deep-well socket



7/8-inch deep well nut driver

ESD Prevention Depending on the procedure, measures must be taken to prevent electrical shock and/or electrostatic discharge (ESD) when servicing the game.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Accessing the See Cabinet Doors on page 1-27 for information on accessing the inside of the Blade s23, Blade Inside of the Game s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)

This section contains all of the details required to replace the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinet shipping locks.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

NOTE

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543



For lock specifications, see Lock Specifications/ Guidelines on page 1-20.



Scientific Games recommends using lock washers when securing all casino locks to the games.

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)

2-3

Belly Door Complete the following steps to remove the belly door locks: Locks 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Belly Door on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Remove the lower button panel deck cover by using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver to

remove the eight screws (four on the bottom and four on the top), Figure 2-1 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the button panel deck. Figure 2-1 Remove screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

5 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, remove the three nuts, Figure 2-2 (A), and lift the

button panel deck latch subassembly away from the cabinet. Figure 2-2 Remove three nuts.

A

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2-4

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) 6 Turn the button panel deck latch subassembly over, and using a 7/16-inch nut driver,

remove the two 7/16-inch nuts, Figure 2-3 (A), securing the two cams. Figure 2-3 Remove two nuts securing cams.

A

A

7 Lift the two cams away, Figure 2-4 (A). Figure 2-4 Lift two cams away.

A

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)

2-5

8 Using a 7/8-inch deep well nut driver, remove the 7/8-inch nuts from the two locks,

Figure 2-5 (A). Figure 2-5 Remove nuts from locks (left) and closeup of lock/nut (right).

A

A

A

9 Lift the belly door lock assemblies out of the subassembly, Figure 2-6 (A). Figure 2-6 Lift locks out of subassembly.

10 Locate the two new door lock assemblies. 11 Place the two new door lock assemblies into the subassembly, Figure 2-7 (A). Figure 2-7 Place new locks into subassembly.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2-6

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) 12 Turn the button panel deck latch subassembly over, and using a 7/8-inch deep well nut

driver, tighten the 7/8-inch nuts on the two locks, Figure 2-8 (A). Figure 2-8 Tighten nuts on locks (left) and closeup of lock/nut (right).

A A

A

13 Replace the two cams removed in step 6 on page 2-4, Figure 2-9 (A). Figure 2-9 Place two cams on locks.

A

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)

2-7

14 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the two 7/16-inch nuts, Figure 2-10 (A), securing the

two cams. Figure 2-10 Tighten two nuts securing cams.

A

A

15 Position the button panel deck latch subassembly on the button panel deck. 16 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, tighten the three nuts, Figure 2-11 (A), securing the

button panel deck latch subassembly. Figure 2-11 Tighten three nuts.

A

A

A

17 Test the locks.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2-8

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) 18 Reinstall the lower button panel deck cover by using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver

to tighten the eight screws (four on the bottom and four on the top), Figure 2-12 (A), removed in step 4 on page 2-3 securing the lower button panel deck cover to the button panel deck. Figure 2-12 Tighten screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

19 Confirm the power is ON. 20 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 21 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Main Door Complete the following steps to replace the main door lock: Lock 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm that the power is OFF. 4 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, remove the 7/16-inch nut, Figure 2-13 (A). Figure 2-13 Remove 7/16-inch nut.

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)

2-9

5 Lift the lock tab (01-013431) off the cam and set it aside, Figure 2-14 (A).

NOTE Be sure not to misplace or lose the lock tab.

Figure 2-14 Lift away lock tab. A

6 Lift the cam off the lock mechanism and set it aside, Figure 2-15 (A). Figure 2-15 Lift away cam. A

B

7 Using a 7/8-inch deep well nut driver, remove the 7/8-inch nut, Figure 2-15 (B). 8 Remove the main door lock mechanism from the main door. 9 Locate the new main door lock mechanism. 10 Position the new main door lock mechanism on the main door. 11 Using a 7/8-inch deep well nut driver, tighten the 7/8-inch nut, Figure 2-16 (A). Figure 2-16 Tighten nut and position cam.

B A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 10

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) 12 Reposition the cam removed in step 6 on page 2-9, Figure 2-17 (B).

NOTE Be sure when reinstalling the lock tab that the tab side is facing down.

Figure 2-17 Position lock tab. A

13 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the 7/16-inch nut, Figure 2-18 (A). Figure 2-18 Tighten nut.

A

14 Test the lock. 15 Confirm the power is ON. 16 Lock and close the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 17 Lock and close the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)

2 - 11

Cashbox Complete the following steps to replace the cashbox door lock: Door Lock 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm that the power is OFF. 4 Unlock and open the cashbox door, Figure 2-19. Reference Unlocking and Opening the

Cashbox Access Door on page 1-46 for more details. Figure 2-19 Open cashbox door.

5 Using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the side screw securing the back bill

acceptor cover, Figure 2-20 (A), and lift the cover away, Figure 2-20 (B). Figure 2-20 Lift off back cashbox cover (cashbox cover may appear differently). B

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 12

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) 6 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, remove the 7/16-inch nut, Figure 2-21 (A), securing the lock

assembly. Figure 2-21 Remove nut securing lock assembly.

A

7 Lift the cam away from the lock assembly and set it aside, Figure 2-22. Figure 2-22 Remove cam away from lock assembly.

A

8 Using a 7/8-inch deep well nut driver, remove the nut and lock mechanism, Figure 2-22 (A),

from the cashbox door. 9 Locate the new lock. 10 Position the new lock mechanism in the cashbox door.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All)

2 - 13

11 Using a 7/8-inch deep well nut driver, tighten the nut on the lock mechanism,

Figure 2-23 (A). Figure 2-23 Tighten nut on lock mechanism.

A

12 Reposition the cam that was removed, Figure 2-23. 13 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the 7/16-inch nut, Figure 2-24 (A), securing the lock

assembly. Figure 2-24 Tighten nut securing lock assembly.

A

14 Test the lock.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 14

Replacing the Shipping Locks (All) 15 Position the back cashbox cover, Figure 2-25 (A), and using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip

screwdriver, tighten the side screw securing the cover, Figure 2-25 (B). Figure 2-25 Lift cashbox cover back on (cashbox cover may appear differently). A

B

16 Close the cashbox door, Figure 2-26. Reference Closing and Locking the Cashbox Access

Door on page 1-47 for more details. Figure 2-26 Close cashbox door.

17 Confirm that the power is ON. 18 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 19 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

CPU Lock Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1441400: CPU-3.2X for details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)

Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)

2 - 15

The procedures in this section provide the information required to install the Control System, Figure 2-27 (A), including the backplane 2.0 and CPU-3.2X for the Blade s23 and Blade s32 game cabinets, and the backplane 2.0 and CPU-4.1.1X for the Gamescape.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

The backplane 2.0 chassis, Figure 2-27 (B), houses the backplane 2.0 assembly containing the printed circuit board (PCB), Figure 2-27 (C), which is located above the CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X, Figure 2-27 (D). Figure 2-27 Control System (top left), backplane 2.0 chassis (top right), backplane 2.0 assembly containing PCB (bottom left), and CPU (bottom right). A

C

B

D

CPU-3.2X Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1441400: CPU-3.2X for details. CompactFlash OS Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1456703: CPU-4.1.1X_CPU-4.2.2X for details. and Game Software Slots Installing the JUR Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1441400: CPU-3.2X for details. SPI Assembly or Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1456703: CPU-4.1.1X_CPU-4.2.2X for details. BIOS Firmware Assembly Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 16

Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)

Removing the Complete the following steps to remove the Control System from the cabinet. Control System NOTE In this procedure the Control System is removed from the game for clarity.

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on

page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm that the power is OFF. 4 Remove the printer. Reference Removing and Reinstalling the Printer on page 3-71 for

more details. 5 Gently pull the bill acceptor out of the cabinet. 6 Remove the player tracking tray. Reference Removing the Player Tracking System Tray on

page 3-152 for more details. 7 If appropriate, remove the CPU. Reference Removing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X from the

Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis on page 2-20. 8 Disconnect all of the connectors from the backplane 2.0 PCB. 9 Place your index finger in the notch located on the right side of the fan tray assembly,

Figure 2-28. Figure 2-28 Notch location on the fan tray assembly (left) and close-up (right).

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)

2 - 17

10 Carefully pull the fan tray assembly out of the fan housing, Figure 2-29. Figure 2-29 Pull fan tray assembly out of fan housing.

11 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the five nuts securing the backplane 2.0 assembly

chassis to the back of the cabinet, Figure 2-30 (A). Figure 2-30 Remove five screws securing assembly chassis to back of cabinet. A

A

A

A A

12 Rotate the backplane 2.0 assembly chassis and carefully lift out of the cabinet. 13 The Control System has now been removed from the cabinet.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 18

Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)

Installing the Complete the following steps to install the Control System into the cabinet. Control System NOTE In this procedure the Control System is removed from the game for clarity.

1 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the five nuts securing the backplane 2.0 assembly

chassis to the back of the cabinet, Figure 2-31 (A). Figure 2-31 Tighten five nuts securing assembly chassis to back of cabinet. A

A

A

A A

2 Connect all of the connectors to the backplane 2.0 PCB. 3 Carefully push the fan tray assembly into the fan housing, Figure 2-32. Figure 2-32 Push fan tray assembly into fan housing.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)

2 - 19

4 Make sure the fan tray assembly is seated correctly in the fan housing, Figure 2-33. Figure 2-33 Make sure fan tray assembly is seated correctly in housing.

5 Carefully position the backplane 2.0 assembly chassis on the back of the cabinet. 6 If appropriate, install the CPU. Reference Installing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X onto the

Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis on page 2-21 for more details. 7 Install the player tracking tray. Reference Installing the Player Tracking System Tray on

page 3-155 for more details 8 Reinstall the bill acceptor. 9 Install the printer. Reference Removing and Reinstalling the Printer on page 3-71 for more

details. 10 Confirm that the power is ON. 11 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 12 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details. 13 The Control System is now installed.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 20

Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)

Removing CPU-3.2X Complete the following steps to remove CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X from the backplane 2.0 or CPU-4.1.1X from assembly chassis. the Backplane 2.0 Assembly Chassis NOTE In this procedure the backplane 2.0 assembly is removed from the game for clarity.

1 Unlock and open CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X. 2 Lift the pull pin on the top of the CPU enclosure up, Figure 2-34 (A), and pull the release

arm forward, Figure 2-34 (B). Figure 2-34 Lift up pull pin and pull release arm forward.

B

A

3 Gently remove CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X from the backplane 2.0 assembly chassis and

place on a flat, non-abrasive surface.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X)

2 - 21

Installing CPU-3.2X Complete the following steps to install CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X onto the backplane 2.0 or CPU-4.1.1X onto assembly chassis. the Backplane 2.0 1 Locate CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X. Assembly Chassis

2 Confirm that the release arm is pulled forward and the pull pin is in the up position before

installing CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X, Figure 2-35. Figure 2-35 Confirm release arm is pulled forward and pull pin is in up position.

3 Slide CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X into the CPU slot and line up with the four connections on

the bottom of the backplane 2.0 assembly chassis, Figure 2-36 (A). Figure 2-36 Four connections on the bottom of the backplane 2.0 assembly chassis (CPU removed for clarity).

A

A

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 22

Installation of Control System (Backplane 2.0, CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X) 4 On the top of CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X, ensure the pull pin clicks into the mechanical hook,

Figure 2-37 (A), to lock the enclosure into the connections on the bottom of the backplane 2.0 assembly chassis. CAUTION This step is critical to the proper function of the CPU. If the CPU is not fully seated, the game will fail to power ON.

Figure 2-37 Pull pin must click into mechanical hook on CPU.

A

5 Close the logic door, Figure 2-38 (A), and turn CPU-3.2X or CPU-4.1.1X enclosure lock

clockwise, Figure 2-38 (B), to lock the logic door. Figure 2-38 Lock logic door.

A

B

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Connecting to Power Supply (All)

Connecting to Power Supply (All)

2 - 23

The power supply, Figure 2-39 (A), is a single unit located at the bottom left of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinet interiors, below the printer. It is connected to a power source with an AC line cord, Figure 2-39 (B).

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Figure 2-39 Power supply location.

A B

Connecting to a Complete the following steps to connect the cabinet to an approved power source. Power Source WARNING Plugging the game into an improper line voltage source may create a fire and/or electrical shock hazards. An improper line voltage or frequency can also cause game damage or malfunctions.

CAUTION The power strip is the means of disconnection, and should be installed near the equipment and be easily accessible.

1 See Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements (All) on page 1-3 for a full

set of guidelines for choosing an outlet and connecting to the AC power source. 2 Verify that the line voltage at the outlet is either 120 VAC or 220-240 VAC, per the rating of

the specific game. 3 Use an outlet tester to check for properly implemented ground, hot, and neutral outlet

wiring. Only use a grounded AC outlet. The gaming device has a line frequency of 50 to 60 Hz. If the outlet meets these requirements, proceed to the next step. 4 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 5 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 6 Confirm that the power is OFF. Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 24

Connecting to Power Supply (All) 7 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the

Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details. 8 Carefully lift the power supply cover up, and lift the two tabs out of the slots located on the

side of the cabinet, Figure 2-40 (A). Figure 2-40 Lift power supply cover tabs out of slots.

A

A

9 Connect the female end of the AC line cord into the power supply outlet, Figure 2-41 (A). Figure 2-41 AC line connections. A

B

10 Route the male end of the AC line cord out through the bottom of the game,

Figure 2-41 (B).

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Connecting to Power Supply (All)

2 - 25

11 Carefully engage the two tabs on the power supply cover with the corresponding slots

located on the side of the cabinet, Figure 2-42 (A). Figure 2-42 Engage power supply cover tabs with slots.

A

A

12 Connect the male end of the AC line cord to the tested outlet. See Electrical Environmental/

Safety Details and Requirements on page 1-4 for details on safely and correctly connecting the AC line cord.

Disconnecting from Complete the following steps to disconnect the cabinet from an approved power source. a Power Source CAUTION The power strip is the means of disconnection, and should be installed near the equipment and be easily accessible.

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm that the power is OFF. 4 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the

Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details. 5 Disconnect the male end of the AC line cord from the tested outlet. See Electrical

Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements on page 1-4 for details on safely and correctly disconnecting the AC line cord.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 26

Connecting to Power Supply (All) 6 Carefully lift the power supply cover up and then lift the two tabs out of the slots located on

the side of the cabinet, Figure 2-43 (A). Figure 2-43 Lift power supply cover tabs out of slots.

A

A

7 Route the male end of the AC line cord up through the bottom of the game,

Figure 2-44 (A). Figure 2-44 Cable access hole for routing AC line cord (left) and closeup (right). B

A

8 Disconnect the female end of the AC line cord from the power supply outlet,

Figure 2-44 (B).

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Connecting to Power Supply (All)

2 - 27

9 Carefully engage the two tabs on the power supply cover with the slots located on the side

of the cabinet, Figure 2-45 (A). Figure 2-45 Engage power supply cover tabs with slots.

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 28

Connecting to Power Supply in MAST (Gamescape)

Verifying WMS The audio system is connected and ready to use upon delivery. Verify the WMS audio amplifier Audio Amplifier assembly connections, Figure 2-46 and Table 2-1. Connections Figure 2-46 Audio amplifier connections.

C

B

A

Table 2-1 Audio amplifier connections.

Connecting to Power Supply in MAST (Gamescape)

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Connection

Location

Power cable

Figure 2-46 (A)

SPDIF cable

Figure 2-46 (B)

Speaker cable

Figure 2-46 (C)

For more information on connecting to the Power Supply in the Gamescape Mast, reference DOC-0001162 Gamescape Mast Wiring Guide and DOC-0001086 Gamescape Wiring Diagram.

Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)

Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)

2 - 29

The backplane 2.0 includes eleven (11) jumpers, that determine the game communication interface with various components. If a feature is not used by the game, then jumper settings have no effect on game functionality. See Backplane 2.0 Connectors on page 1-15 for information on accessing the backplane 2.0.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Bill Acceptor Three jumpers (JP1, JP2 and JP3), Figure 2-47 (A), on the backplane board control the bill Jumpers acceptor interface used by the game. When JCM, Ardac, or Cashcode bill acceptors are used, the jumper settings should be as shown from left to right in Figure 2-47: Figure 2-47 Bill acceptor jumper settings for JCM, Ardac, and Cashcode.

A

When Mars bill acceptors are used, the jumper settings should be as shown from left to right in Figure 2-48: Figure 2-48 Mars bill acceptor jumper settings.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 30

Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)

Progressive Port Backplane 2.0 progressive port connectors are listed in Figure 2-49 and Table 2-2, with Jumpers location on the backplane shown on Figure 2-50 (A). Figure 2-49 Progressive jumpers.

Table 2-2 Progressive jumpers. Option

JP4

JP5

RS-232

Position 2/3 n/A

RS-485 Half Duplex

Position 1/2 Position 1/2

RS-485 Full Duplex

Position 1/2 Position 2/3

Figure 2-50 Progressive port jumper location on backplane 2.0 PCB.

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)

2 - 31

Door Switch Door Switch jumpers are listed in Figure 2-51, with location on the backplane shown on Jumpers Figure 2-52 (A). Figure 2-51 Door switch jumpers.

Figure 2-52 Door switch jumper location on backplane 2.0 PCB.

A

To switch to bypassed status, move the appropriate jumper to Down (position 2/3). To switch to not bypass status, move the appropriate jumper to Up (position 1/2). The only doors which have this feature are: 

Aux logic (JP12)



Top box (JP13)



Drop (JP14)

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 32

Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)

HOST 1 Two jumpers control the HOST 1 communications interface. The two options are RS-232 and Jumpers RS-485, Table 2-3, with location on the backplane shown on Figure 2-53 (A). A 6-inch DB cable (1445458) can be used to daisy chain the RS-485 if needed. Table 2-3 HOST 1 jumpers. Interface

JP9

RS-232

Position 1/2 Position 1/2

JP10

RS-485

Position 2/3 Position 2/3

Figure 2-53 HOST 1 jumper location on backplane 2.0 PCB.

A

B

Emulating Hard In order to emulate hard meters on the backplane 2.0, move JP11 from its default position, Meters Figure 2-54, with location on the backplane shown on Figure 2-53 (B). This clicks the hard meters (1/2) to the other positions, which then emulates the hard meters, but does not click them (2/3). Figure 2-54 Emulate hard meters.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)

2 - 33

Color Backplane 2.0 color connectors are listed in Table 2-4 and Figure 2-55. Connectors Table 2-4 Color connectors. Color

Pin

Location

Orange

J58

6xp, Figure 2-55 (A)

Brown

J62

Aux Logic, Figure 2-55 (B)

Yellow

J45

Accessory top, Figure 2-55 (C)

Purple

J63

Stacker, Figure 2-55 (D)

Red

J61

Bill door, Figure 2-55 (E)

Black

J69

Drop door, Figure 2-55 (F)

Blue

J48

Belly door, Figure 2-55 (G)

Green

J64

Main door, Figure 2-55 (H)

Orange

J11

Printer, Figure 2-55 (I)

Red

J28

Bill acceptor, Figure 2-55 (J)

Figure 2-55 Color connector locations on backplane 2.0 PCB.

A B C D E

F G H I

J

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 34

Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)

LED Reference Reference Table 2-5 for information on LED indicators. Table 2-5 LED indicators. LED

Indicates

Status

D22

+24V



Powered = GREEN



Not Powered = OFF



Powered = GREEN



Not Powered = OFF



Powered = GREEN



Not Powered = OFF



Powered = GREEN



Not Powered = OFF



Powered = GREEN



Not Powered = OFF



PVM Fans Operating Properly = OFF



PVM Fan has Failed = RED



CPU Operating Normally = OFF



CPU I/O Locked Out = RED



Power to backplane and CPU Installed Properly = OFF



Power to backplane and CPU Not Installed at all or Properly/Completely = RED



Transmitting Data = Blinking GREEN



Not Transmitting Data = OFF



Transmitting Data = Blinking GREEN



Not Transmitting Data = OFF



Receiving Data = Blinking GREEN



Not Receiving Data = OFF



Receiving Data = Blinking GREEN



Not Receiving Data = OFF

D24

+12V

D15

+5V

D16 D20

+5 (isolated)

D73

PVM Fan Fail

D75

CPU I/O Lock

D74

D4

CPU Not Seated

HOST COMM1 Transmit

D3

HOST COMM2 Transmit

D2

HOST COMM1 Receive

D14

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

+3V3

HOST COMM2 Receive

Confirming Backplane Jumper Settings (All)

2 - 35

Power Indicator Located above the LCD connector hub are some of the power indicator lights, Figure 2-56 (A). LEDs To the right are four more power indicator lights, Figure 2-56 (B). The main light is CPU Not Seated, Figure 2-56 (C). If the CPU is not fully seated, this light displays as RED. Figure 2-56 Power indicator LEDs on backplane 2.0 PCB. C

A B

Located on the upper left side of the backplane board is the 5v isolated indicator light, Figure 2-57 (A). Figure 2-57 Power indicator LEDs on backplane 2.0 PCB.

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 36

Calibrating the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape)

Host Comm LEDs The transmit LEDs are located on the left side next to port J26, Figure 2-58 (A). Figure 2-58 Host com LEDs on backplane 2.0 PCB.

A

B

The receive LEDs are located above the player tracking port J47, Figure 2-58 (B).

Calibrating the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape)

This section contains steps for calibrating the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel. Complete the following steps to calibrate the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel. 1 Turn the Attendant Key switch clockwise. 2 From the Administration Menu, select Setup | Touch Screen Setup. 3 Touch Calibrate Touch Panel. 4 Touch the + (cross) symbol in the lower left-hand corner. 5 Touch the + (cross) symbol in the upper right-hand corner. 6 The Tablet 2.0 Button Panel is now calibrated. 7 Turn the Attendant Key switch to exit and return to the Administration Menu.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Daisy Chain Emotive Lighting Controllers (All)

Daisy Chain Emotive Lighting Controllers (All)

2 - 37

If Blade s23, Blade s32, or Gamescape game cabinets are being installed as part of a group of games (at least two), then each emotive lighting controller assembly in the group may be connected in a daisy chain with a green CAT5e cable provided by Scientific Games. The emotive lighting controller is mounted on the left wall of the cabinet, Figure 2-59 (A).

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Figure 2-59 Emotive lighting controller (drop door removed for clarity).

A

Complete the following steps to daisy chain the emotive lighting controllers between games. NOTE These instructions begin with the cabinet in the bank farthest to the left.

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the

Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 38

Daisy Chain Emotive Lighting Controllers (All) 4 Connect a green CAT5e cable to any either ELSYNC port on the emotive lighting controller,

Figure 2-60 (A). Figure 2-60 Emotive lighting controller.

A

A

5 Route the green CAT5e cable down the cabinet and down the left cabinet cable access

hole. 6 Feed the green CAT5e cable into the left cabinet hole of the next cabinet. 7 Connect the green CAT5e cable to either ELSYNC port on the emotive lighting controller. 8 Repeat step 1 through step 7 for all additional cabinets in the bank. 9 Install, close, and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop

Door on page 1-45. 10 Confirm that the power is ON. 11 Close and lock the main door on all cabinets in the bank. Reference Closing and Locking

the Main Door on page 1-42 for more details. 12 Close and lock the belly door on all cabinets in the bank. Reference Closing and Locking

the Belly Door - Blade s23 and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Game Startup Sequence (All)

Game Startup Sequence (All)

2 - 39

This section describes the sequence for starting the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets, enabling the installation of software, and configuration for game play.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Installing Player Tracking System Faceplates and Components (if necessary)

Ensure that the player tracking system faceplates and components are installed. See Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3. For details on designing player tracking system hardware for the Blade s23 and Blade s32 game cabinets, see Player Tracking System Mounting Bracket Overview on page 1-68 for faceplate specifications and Electrical Environmental/ Safety Details and Requirements on page 1-4 for available player tracking connector pinouts.

Performing a RAM Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1441400: CPU-3.2X for details. Clear Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1456703: CPU-4.1.1X_CPU-4.2.2X for details. Installing Game, OS Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1441400: CPU-3.2X for details. CompactFlash Reference Service Manual and User Guide 1456703: CPU-4.1.1X_CPU-4.2.2X for details. Cards, and BIOS/Jurisdictional Chip Installing and For steps on installing and configuring the operating system, including device setup, see Service Configuring the OS Manual and User Guide 16-020832: CPU-NXT, CPU-NXT2, CPU-NXT3 Operating System. Reference Service Manual User Guide 1441400: CPU-3.2X, and Service Manual User Guide 1456703: CPU-4.1.1X_CPU-4.2.2X for details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

2 - 40

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Game Startup Sequence (All)

Cabinet Maintenance

3

Overview

This chapter provides basic information about maintaining the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets, including the division of maintenance responsibilities and a preventive maintenance checklist.

Table of Contents

In this chapter: Overview ........................................................................................................................... 3-1 Table of Contents ............................................................................................................. 3-1 Preparing for Maintenance (All) ...................................................................................... 3-3 Tools Required for Installation ..................................................................................... 3-3 ESD Prevention ........................................................................................................... 3-3 Accessing the Inside of the Game ............................................................................... 3-3 Maintenance Responsibilities (All) ................................................................................. 3-4 Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize the Gaming Machine.............................................................................................................................. 3-4 ESD Prevention (All) ........................................................................................................ 3-5 Ladder Safety (All)............................................................................................................ 3-5 Accessing Inside of Game (All)....................................................................................... 3-5 Game Cleaning (All) ......................................................................................................... 3-6 Cleaning Game Cabinet............................................................................................... 3-6 Cleaning LCDs............................................................................................................. 3-6 Cleaning Bill Acceptor.................................................................................................. 3-6 Cleaning Printer ........................................................................................................... 3-6 CPU Maintenance........................................................................................................ 3-6 Preventative Maintenance Checklist (All) ...................................................................... 3-7 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)............................................................................................................................ 3-8 Dual LCD Bezel Assembly........................................................................................... 3-8 Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly...............................................................................................3-8 Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly...............................................................................................3-10 Secondary LCD.......................................................................................................... 3-12 Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s23 .................................................................................3-12 Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23........................................................................................3-14 Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s32 .................................................................................3-17 Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s32........................................................................................3-19 Main LCD ................................................................................................................... 3-21 Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23...........................................................................................3-21 Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 .................................................................................................3-23 Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s32...........................................................................................3-26 Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s32 .................................................................................................3-27 Triptych LCD Maintenance (Gamescape) .................................................................... 3-30 Triptych LCD .............................................................................................................. 3-30 Button Panel Maintenance ............................................................................................ 3-30 OLED Button Panel (Blade s23) ................................................................................ 3-30 Removing the OLED Button Panel Assembly .......................................................................................3-30 Installing the OLED Button Panel Assembly .........................................................................................3-32 Replacing the OLED Button Panel Buttons and Lenses .......................................................................3-34 Tablet 2.0 Button Panel (Blade s32 and Gamescape)............................................... 3-36 Removing the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly.................................................................................3-36 Installing a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly......................................................................................3-38 Replacing the Buttons and Artwork on a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel ........................................................3-40 Removing a Replacement Button Lens (Tablet 2.0 Only).....................................................................3-40 Installing a Replacement Button Lens (Tablet 2.0 Only).......................................................................3-41 Leap Motion Assembly Maintenance (Gamescape) .................................................... 3-41 Emotive Lighting Maintenance ..................................................................................... 3-42 Replacing the Emotive Controller Board (All) ............................................................ 3-42 Replacing the Top Emotive Lighting Board (Blade s23) ............................................ 3-44 Replacing the Left and Right Top Emotive Light Boards (Blade s23)........................ 3-47 Replacing the Belly Door Emotive Lighting Boards (All) ............................................ 3-56 Replacing the Drop Door Emotive Lighting Board (All).............................................. 3-65 REPLACING ALL EMOTIVE LIGHTING BOARDS IN GAMESCAPE............................ 3-68 Top Box Controller Board (Gamescape) ...................................................................... 3-68 Printer Maintenance (All) ............................................................................................... 3-69 Removing and Reinstalling the Printer....................................................................... 3-69 Replacing the Printer Bezel When Damaged ............................................................ 3-70 Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All) .................................................................................... 3-71 Replacing the Bill Acceptor Head .............................................................................. 3-71

Service Manual & User Guide: Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape 1445543 - May 27, 2016 TecDoc14A - Beta1

3-2

Table of Contents Replacing the Bill Acceptor Bezel When Damaged ................................................... 3-72 Hard Meter Maintenance (All)........................................................................................ 3-75 Replacing the Hard Meters (if applicable).................................................................. 3-75 Subwoofer Maintenance (All) ........................................................................................ 3-77 Replacing the Subwoofer........................................................................................... 3-77 Audio Amplifier Assembly (All)..................................................................................... 3-79 Replacing the Audio Amplifier Assembly ................................................................... 3-79 Power Supply Maintenance (All)................................................................................... 3-83 Replacing the Power Supply...................................................................................... 3-83 Switched or Unswitched Fuses (All) ............................................................................ 3-88 Replacing the Switched or Unswitched Fuses........................................................... 3-88 Fan and Blower Assemblies.......................................................................................... 3-90 Replacing the Accessory Top Fan Assemblies (Blade s23 and Blade s32) .............. 3-90 Replacing the Box Fan Assembly (Blade s32)........................................................... 3-93 Replacing the Mast Fan Assembly (Gamescape)...................................................... 3-96 Replacing the CPU Fan Tray Assembly (All) ........................................................... 3-100 Replacing the Bottom Blower Assembly (All)........................................................... 3-101 Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance ..................................................................... 3-104 Replacing the Tower Light ....................................................................................... 3-104 Replacing the Tower Light in a Blade 23............................................................................................ 3-104 Replacing the Tower Light in a Blade s32 .......................................................................................... 3-112 Installing the Tower Light (Gamescape) .................................................................. 3-117 Removing the Marquee............................................................................................ 3-117 Removing the Marquee from a Blade s23 .......................................................................................... 3-117 Removing the Marquee from a Blade s32 .......................................................................................... 3-119 Replacing/Installing the Tower Light in a Marquee (Blade s23 and Blade 32) ........ 3-121 Installing the Marquee.............................................................................................. 3-129 Installing the Marquee on a Blade s23 ............................................................................................... 3-129 Blade s32............................................................................................................................................ 3-132 Replacing Artwork in the Marquee (Blade s23 and Blade s32) ............................... 3-135 Replacing the Marquee Light Boards (Blade s23 and Blade s32) ........................... 3-137 Replacing the Marquee Lenses (Blade s23 and Blade s32).................................... 3-140 Replacing the Marquee Emotive Light Boards (Blade s 23 and Blade s32) ............ 3-141 Installing the Foot Rest (All)........................................................................................ 3-146 Removing the Foot Rest .......................................................................................... 3-146 Installing the Foot Rest ............................................................................................ 3-147 Cashbox (All) ................................................................................................................ 3-148 Removing the Cashbox............................................................................................ 3-148 Installing the Cashbox.............................................................................................. 3-149 Player Tracking System Tray (All) .............................................................................. 3-150 Removing the Player Tracking System Tray............................................................ 3-150 Installing the Player Tracking System Tray.............................................................. 3-153 Removing and Installing the Side Panels .................................................................. 3-156 Blade s23 ................................................................................................................. 3-156 Blade s32 ................................................................................................................. 3-160

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Preparing for Maintenance (All)

Preparing for Maintenance (All)

3-3

This section provides instructions for preparing for the maintenance of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets. NOTE Before installing the game, inspect for any defects or damage.

Tools Required for The following tools are required to perform the procedures in this chapter: Installation 

ESD wrist strap



11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver



ladder



7/8-inch nut driver



#2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver



3/8-inch nut driver



#2 Phillips screwdriver



ratchet with a 1/4-inch socket



#1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver



diagonal cutters



#1 Phillips screwdriver



wooden lens pry tool (orange stick)



zip ties

ESD Prevention Depending on the procedure, measures must be taken to prevent electrical shock and/or electrostatic discharge (ESD) when servicing the game. ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Accessing the See Cabinet Doors on page 1-32 for information on accessing the inside of the cabinet. Inside of the Game

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3-4 Maintenance Responsibilities (All)

Maintenance Responsibilities (All) Scientific Games games function optimally with periodic maintenance. The tasks in this section are performed by personnel that fit into three categories, Table 3-1: 

Drop crew



Attendants



Technicians

Table 3-1 Division of maintenance responsibilities. Tasks

Drop Crew

Removing the bill acceptor

Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize the Gaming Machine

Attendants Technicians

X

Cleaning game exterior

X

X

Installing paper into printer

X

X

Reading meters

X

Maintaining bill acceptor components

X

In order to prevent injury and protect game components from damage, each component on the inside of the game may only be accessed/handled by personnel with specific clearance and training. Before accessing the game and its components, ensure that you adhere to the job role definitions listed in Table 3-2. NOTE If there is any confusion regarding job roles, contact the 24/7 Product Support Group at 1-866-967-4457 for guidance.

Table 3-2 Definitions of roles for personnel that repair, maintain, and patronize gaming machine Job Role Definitions/Qualifications

Point of Access to Inside of Cabinet

User

The player or participant of the amusement or gaming machine.

None.

Drop crew

Responsible for emptying game bill acceptor.



Belly door (using key)



Bill jam service door



Main door (using key)



Main door (using key)

Job Role

Attendants (non-technical maintenance)

Service technicians (technical maintenance)

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543



Perform all non-technical maintenance associated with game, including filling printer paper.



Assist players with games and payouts.



Perform routine maintenance such as the setting of controls and other minor adjustments.



Make routine operating adjustments including, but not limited to, cleaning the machine.



Perform all mechanical and electrical maintenance associated with game.



An authorized person who may periodically enter game to repair or maintain electrical or mechanical components.



Responsible for overhauling, troubleshooting, and repairing equipment.



Responsible for installations and conversions.



The installation of accessories or conversion kits by means of attachment plugs and receptacles or other separate connectors.



The replacement of tapes, discs, or program boards.



Replacement of lamps and fuses and resetting of circuit breakers located in a user-access area unless the lamps, fuses, or circuit breakers are marked to indicate replacement or resetting only by service personnel.

ESD Prevention (All)

ESD Prevention (All)

3-5 Depending on the procedure, measures must be taken to prevent electrical shock and/or electrostatic discharge (ESD) when servicing the game.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Ladder Safety (All)

Observe the following guidelines when using a ladder: 

Read and follow all instructions from the ladder manufacturer, including labels and markings on the ladder.



Avoid electrical hazards. Do not place a ladder on cables or near electrical outlets.



Always inspect the ladder prior to using it. If the ladder is damaged, it must be removed from service and tagged until repaired or discarded.



Do not use a self-supporting ladder (for example, a step ladder) as a single ladder or in a partially closed position.



Do not use the top step or rung of a ladder as a step or rung unless it was designed for that purpose.



Always maintain a three-point (two hands and a foot, or two feet and a hand) contact on the ladder when climbing. Keep your body near the middle of the step and always face the ladder when climbing.



Only use ladders and appropriate accessories (ladder levelers, jacks, or hooks) within design specifications and for intended purposes.



Ladders must be free of any slippery material on the rungs, steps, or feet.



Use a ladder only on a stable and level surface.



Do not place a ladder on boxes, barrels, or other unstable bases to obtain additional height.



Do not move or shift a ladder while a person or equipment is on the ladder.



A ladder placed in any location where it can be displaced by other work activities must be secure to prevent displacement, or a barricade must be erected to keep traffic away from the ladder.



Be sure that all locks on an extension ladder are properly engaged.

Do not exceed the maximum load rating of a ladder. Be aware of the ladder load rating and of the weight it is supporting, including the weight of any tools or equipment.

Accessing Inside of Game (All)

See Cabinet Doors on page 1-32 for information on gaining access to the inside of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3-6

Game Cleaning (All)

Game Cleaning (All)

Cleaning the game exterior should be performed every day and the peripherals should be inspected and maintained at increments listed by the manufacturer. See the Vendor Materials section of this manual for the appropriate manufacturer’s documentation for details concerning each component. This section provides only basic cleaning information. ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

CAUTION This game must not be cleaned by a water jet and is not suitable for installation in an area where a water jet is used.

Cleaning Game Use a small vacuum cleaner to clean hard-to-reach and narrow places in the cabinet. Then, Cabinet use a non-ammonia, non-alcohol cleaning solution to clean the game exterior. Never spray the solution directly onto the game. Instead, spray a soft, lint-free cloth and wipe the game exterior.

Cleaning LCDs A 50/50 mixture of distilled water and isopropyl alcohol is acceptable to use on the LCD. Never spray liquid directly onto the LCD. Spray liquid onto a non-abrasive, soft cotton cloth and wipe the LCD. Never use materials such as paper towels, which can cause scratches and damage the LCD. CAUTION The following cleaners should NOT be used on the LCD as they can cause damage to the touch screen:



Acetone



Ethyl acid



Ethyl alcohol



Ammonia



Methyl chloride

Cleaning Bill The bill acceptor should be cleaned with a lint-free cloth or cotton swab lightly moistened in a Acceptor mild detergent to clean the optical sensor lenses and magnetic heads. Cleaning Printer Use a soft brush or a lint-free cloth lightly moistened in a mild detergent to clean the ticket path. CPU Maintenance Power the EGM OFF and remove the CPU from the EGM to an ESD-protected area. Using a soft, lint-free, static-free cloth, clean the CPU enclosure vents from the interior and exterior to remove accumulated dust and debris. Use caution to thoroughly remove all dust and keep it from falling onto the CPU PCB. Inspect the CPU PCB. If any dust is visible, DO NOT TOUCH or WIPE THE PCB OR ANY COMPONENTS. Instead, use compressed air in short bursts to dislodge any dust. Wipe the CPU fan blades with a soft, lint-free, static-free cloth to clear all dirt. NOTE If removal of the CPU from the EGM is not possible, then carefully vacuum the CPU enclosure vents using a soft brush attachment. Use caution to avoid blowing dust into the CPU enclosure.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Preventative Maintenance Checklist (All)

Preventative Maintenance Checklist (All)

3-7

Scientific Games recommends that casino personnel create a preventative maintenance schedule using the Game Information Table, Table 3-3, and Preventative Maintenance Checklist, Table 3-4. Scientific Games recommends that preventative maintenance procedures be performed at least once a quarter, unless otherwise stated in the checklist. Table 3-3 Game information table. Date: Service Technician: Theme: Serial Number: Game Version: OS Version:

Bill Acceptor Version: Printer Version: House Number: Program Number: Denom/Max Bet: Start Time: End Time:

Table 3-4 Preventive Maintenance Checklist. Component General Appearance Possible Symptoms: Abnormal wear and tear

Bill Acceptor Possible Symptoms: Excessive bill rejections

Button Panel Possible Symptoms: Abnormal wear and tear

CPU Assembly Possible Symptoms: Abnormal wear and tear

Fan Tray Assembly (for CPU-3.2X and CPU-3.2X-L only) Possible Symptoms: Visible dust and debris Lamps and Switches Possible Symptoms: Lighting does not work correctly

Recommended Maintenance Procedure

Complete

Inspect/clean all parts of game Inspect for loose hardware Confirm that lights are not burned out Check for broken glass Check for Location and House Number (if applicable) Check for Gaming Tag (if applicable) Wipe down glass Clean bill acceptor head and bill path Check bill acceptor EPROM version Inspect/adjust transport belts and rollers Run bill and ticket test (if applicable) - verify credits/denomination Check harnesses and clearances Calibrate bill acceptor head Confirm there are no broken lenses Check for sticky buttons Confirm buttons work in diagnostics Confirm connections on the panel, backplane, and CPU are secure Confirm LCDs on Button Panel are working Check CPU enclosure vents for dust and debris. If visible, see CPU Maintenance on page 3-6. Confirm that fans are functioning Check for gaming tape (if applicable)

Pull the fan tray assembly forward and inspect the fans. If dirt is visible, use a soft, lint-free, static-free cloth to clean the fan blades. Perform input tests Check all button panel switches Clean/replace sticking buttons

LCDs Possible Symptoms: Clean, check for scratches, and adjust horizontal and vertical brightness Dirty transmissive, only a part is lit Align/calibrate touch screen Machine Entry Log Check for repetitive problems Last RAM clear (date) RAM clear reason Printers Possible Symptoms: Run ticket test; calibrate if needed Confirm that tables are not loose or frayed Dust; cannot print test ticket Confirm placement of TITO sticker (when applicable) Perform sound test to verify speakers Sound

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3-8

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

This section contains procedures for removing and installing the dual LCD bezel assembly, and the secondary and main LCDs, in order to perform maintenance on the Blade s23 and Blade s32 game cabinets.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23 and the Blade s32.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

CAUTION Always confirm that the LCDs are properly seated during installation. If the main monitor is blacked out and the secondary monitor displays the main monitor information, check that both monitors are properly connected.

Dual LCD Bezel The dual LCD bezel assembly must be removed in order to access the secondary and main Assembly LCDs. Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly Complete the following steps to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly.

NOTE 

The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23 and the Blade s32.



Images used in this procedure are from the Blade s23.

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on

page 1-33 for more details. 2 From the left channel, pull the slide bracket latch forward, Figure 3-1 (A). Figure 3-1 Pull slide bracket latch forward to release dual LCD bezel assembly (Blade s23 shown).

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

3-9

When the slide bracket latch is pulled forward, the bezel latch slide bar, Figure 3-2 (A), located on the accessory top, slides to the left. A click signifies the two PEM screws located on the back of the bezel, Figure 3-2 (B), are released. Figure 3-2 Bezel latch slide bar releases two PEM screws on back of bezel (Blade s23 shown). A

B

3 Place your palm against the logo on the front of the dual LCD bezel assembly, Figure 3-3,

push until you hear a click, and then pull the assembly towards you. Figure 3-3 Push on logo on front of dual LCD bezel assembly (Blade s23 shown).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 10

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 4 Lift the dual LCD bezel assembly away from the accessory top, Figure 3-4, and set it aside

in a safe place. Figure 3-4 Lift dual LCD bezel assembly away from accessory top (Blade s23 shown).

Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly Complete the following steps to install the dual LCD bezel assembly in the Blade s23 and Blade s32 cabinets.

NOTE 

The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23 and the Blade s32.



Images used in this procedure are from the Blade s23.

1 Locate the dual LCD bezel assembly. 2 Align the right and left alignment stake brackets, Figure 3-5 (A), on the back of the bezel

with the corresponding slots located on the left and right swoop wing caps, Figure 3-5 (B), located on the front of the accessory top. Figure 3-5 Align both alignment stake brackets with the corresponding wing cap slots (Blade s23 shown).

A

A A

B

B

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

B

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

3 - 11

3 Carefully push in on the logo, Figure 3-6 (A), until the bezel latch slide bar on the top of the

accessory top, Figure 3-6 (B), locks onto the two PEM screws located on the back of the bezel, Figure 3-6 (C). Figure 3-6 Bezel latch slide bar locks onto two PEM screws on back of bezel (Blade s23 shown). A

B

C

4 Pull the dual LCD bezel assembly forward to confirm the latches have engaged. 5 The dual LCD bezel assembly is now secured to the accessory top. 6 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 12

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

Secondary Steps for removing and installing the secondary LCD from the Blade s23 and Blade s32 cabinets LCD are as follows. Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s23 Complete the following steps to remove the secondary LCD from the Blade s23 cabinet.

NOTE The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each Blade s23 door (as well as all other switches).

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on

page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details. 5 Holding the secondary LCD on the top and bottom, Figure 3-7 (A), lift up, and pull slightly

forward until the four pins, Figure 3-7 (B), are released from the corresponding slots located on the left and right upper side hinges, Figure 3-7 (C). Figure 3-7 Lift secondary LCD (top left) and releasing secondary LCD pins (top right) from corresponding slots (bottom). A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

B

B

B

B

C

C

C

C

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

3 - 13

6 Turn the secondary LCD over, and carefully lay it down vertically in the service position on

the middle support in the accessory top, Figure 3-8 (A), making sure the LCD bracket tab, Figure 3-8 (A), is positioned under the lip on the back enclosure, Figure 3-8 (B), holding the LCD in place, and that the cables are not pinched. Figure 3-8 LCD laying vertically in service position in accessory top (left) and closeup of LCD bracket tab positioned under back enclosure lip (right). A

C B

7 Disconnect the displayport, Figure 3-9 (A), and power, Figure 3-9 (B), cables. Figure 3-9 Disconnect displayport and power cables.

A C

B

C

C

8 Lift the secondary LCD away from the cabinet and set it aside in a safe place.

NOTE If the secondary LCD is being replaced, the two brackets secured to the back of the LCD must be removed by using an 11/32-inch nut driver to remove the three nuts securing each bracket, Figure 3-9 (C).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 14

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 Complete the following steps to install the secondary LCD in a Blade s23 cabinet. 1 Locate the secondary LCD, Figure 3-10. Figure 3-10 Locate secondary LCD.

2 Turn the secondary LCD over and carefully lay it vertically in the service position, on the

middle support in the accessory top, Figure 3-11 (A), making sure the LCD bracket tab, Figure 3-11 (A), is positioned under the lip on the back enclosure, Figure 3-11 (B), securing it in place. Figure 3-11 LCD laying vertically in service position in upper cabinet (left) and closeup of LCD bracket tab positioned under back enclosure lip (right). A

C B

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

3 - 15

3 Connect the displayport, Figure 3-12 (A), and power, Figure 3-12 (B), cables, making sure

not to pinch them. Figure 3-12 Connect cables.

A C

B

C

C

NOTE If the secondary LCD was replaced, the two brackets must be secured to the back of the new LCD by using an 11/32-inch nut driver to tighten the three nuts securing each bracket, Figure 3-12 (C).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 16

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 4 Holding the secondary LCD on the top and bottom, Figure 3-13 (A), lift it up and position it

in front of the top, aligning the four pins, Figure 3-13 (B), with the corresponding slots located on the left and right upper side hinges, Figure 3-13 (C). Figure 3-13 Lift secondary LCD (top left), align pins, (top right) from corresponding slots (bottom). A B

B

B

B

C

C

C

C

5 Gently rotate the LCD slightly forward and down until it locks, Figure 3-14. Figure 3-14 Rotate LCD until it locks.

6 Install the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly on

page 3-10 for more details. 7 Confirm the power is ON. 8 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 9 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

3 - 17

Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s32 Complete the following steps to remove the secondary LCD from the Blade s32 cabinet.

NOTE The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each Blade s32 door (as well as all other switches).

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on

page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details. 5 Holding the secondary LCD on the top and bottom, Figure 3-15 (A), lift up, and pull slightly

forward until the four pins, Figure 3-15 (B), are released from the corresponding slots located on the left and right upper side hinges, Figure 3-15 (C). Figure 3-15 Lift secondary LCD (top left) and releasing secondary LCD pins (top right) from corresponding slots (bottom). A

C

C

B

B

B

B

C

C

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 18

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 6 Turn the secondary LCD over, and carefully lay it down vertically in the service position on

the overhang support in the accessory top, Figure 3-16 (A). Confirm that the overhang support pin, Figure 3-16 (B), is seated in the secondary LCD support hole, and that the cables are not pinched. Figure 3-16 Placing LCD in service position and closeup of support pin.

B

A

7 Disconnect the displayport, Figure 3-17 (A), and power, Figure 3-17 (B), cables. Figure 3-17 Disconnect displayport and power cables.

A

B

8 Lift the secondary LCD away from the cabinet and set it aside in a safe place. Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

3 - 19

Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s32 Complete the following steps to install the secondary LCD in a Blade s32 cabinet. 1 Locate the secondary LCD. 2 Connect the displayport, Figure 3-18 (A), and power, Figure 3-18 (B), cables. Figure 3-18 Connect displayport and power cables.

A

B

3 Turn the secondary LCD over, and carefully lay it down vertically in the service position on

the overhang support in the accessory top, Figure 3-19 (A). Confirm that the overhang support pin, Figure 3-19 (B), is seated in the secondary LCD support hole, and that the cables are not pinched. Figure 3-19 Placing LCD in service position and closeup of support pin.

B

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 20

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 4 Holding the secondary LCD on the top and bottom, Figure 3-20 (A), position and push

slightly forward until the four pins, Figure 3-20 (B), are seated in the corresponding slots located on the left and right upper side hinges, Figure 3-20 (C). Figure 3-20 Lift LCD (top left) and seating LCD pins (top right) into corresponding slots (bottom). A B

B

B

B

C

C

C

C

5 Push in slightly on the main LCD to secure it into position. 6 Install the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly on

page 3-10 for more details. 7 Confirm the power is ON. 8 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 9 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

3 - 21

Main LCD Steps for removing and installing the main LCD in the Blade s23 and Blade s32 cabinets are as follows. Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23 Complete the following steps to remove the main LCD from a Blade s23 cabinet.

NOTE The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each Blade s23 door (as well as all other switches).

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on

page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details. 5 Holding the main LCD from the bottom, carefully push up, Figure 3-21 (A), releasing the top

pins ONLY, Figure 3-21 (B), from the corresponding slots located on the left and right lower hinges, Figure 3-21 (C). Do NOT release the bottom pins, Figure 3-21 (D), from the corresponding bottom slots.

NOTE Confirm the bottom pins remain in the corresponding bottom slots.

Figure 3-21 Lift up LCD (top left) and release pins (bottom left) from corresponding slots (bottom right) (top LCD removed for clarity).

A

A

B

B

D

D

C

C

C

C

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 22

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 6 With the main LCD bottom pins seated in the corresponding slots located on the right and

left lower panels, carefully rotate the LCD forward until it stops in the service position, Figure 3-22. Figure 3-22 Rotate main LCD forward.

7 Reaching behind the main LCD, disconnect the displayport, Figure 3-23 (A), power,

Figure 3-23 (B), and USB, Figure 3-23 (C), cables. Figure 3-23 Disconnect displayport, power, and USB cables from main LCD.

A

B

C

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

3 - 23

8 While releasing the two bottom pins from the corresponding slots located on the right and

left lower hinges, lift the main LCD from the accessory top and set it aside in a safe place.

NOTE If the main LCD is being replaced, the two brackets secured to the back of the LCD must be removed by using an 11/32-inch nut driver to remove the three nuts securing each bracket, Figure 3-24 (A).

Figure 3-24 If applicable, remove nuts securing each bracket to LCD.

A

A

A

A

A

A

Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 Complete the following steps to install the main LCD in the Blade s23 cabinet. 1 Locate the main LCD, Figure 3-25. Figure 3-25 Locate main LCD and, if applicable, tighten nuts securing both brackets to LCD.

A

A

A

A

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 24

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 2 If applicable, secure the two brackets to the back of the LCD by using an 11/32-inch nut

driver to tighten the three nuts, Figure 3-25 (A), on each bracket.

NOTE If the main LCD was replaced, the two brackets must be secured to the back of the new LCD.

3 Holding the main LCD on the top and the bottom, lift it up and position it so the bottom pins,

Figure 3-26 (A), are seated in the corresponding slots located on the left and right lower hinges, Figure 3-26 (B). Figure 3-26 Main LCD bottom pins (left) and corresponding slots (right) (secondary LCD removed for clarity). B

A

A

4 With the main LCD now in the service position, with the bottom pins seated in the

corresponding slots located on the right and left lower hinges, leave the LCD open for access to the cables, Figure 3-27. Figure 3-27 Leave main LCD open in service position.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

3 - 25

5 Reaching behind the main LCD, connect the displayport, Figure 3-28 (A), power,

Figure 3-28 (B), and USB, Figure 3-28 (C), cables. Figure 3-28 Reconnect displayport, power, and USB cables.

A

B C

6 Lift the main LCD up slightly, Figure 3-29 (A), until the top pins, Figure 3-29 (B), are seated

in the corresponding slots located on the left and right lower hinges, Figure 3-29 (C). Figure 3-29 Lift main LCD (top left), view of main LCD pins (bottom left), and corresponding slots on lower hinges (right) - (LCDs removed for clarity in some images). A

B

B

C C

C

C

7 Push in slightly on the main LCD to secure it into position. 8 Install the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly on

page 3-10 for more details. 9 Confirm the power is ON. 10 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 11 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details. Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 26

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s32 Complete the following steps to remove the main LCD from a Blade s32 cabinet.

NOTE The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each Blade s32 door (as well as all other switches).

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on

page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details. 5 Holding the main LCD from the sides, lift up slightly and carefully rotate it forward,

Figure 3-30 (A), allowing the hinges on the LCD to shift and reseat in the corresponding slots, Figure 3-30 (B), until the LCD stops in the service position. Figure 3-30 Lift up LCD (top left), hinges reseated (top right) and closeup (bottom) (secondary LCD removed for clarity). A

B

B

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

3 - 27

6 Disconnect the displayport, Figure 3-31 (A), power, Figure 3-31 (B), and USB,

Figure 3-31 (C), cables. Figure 3-31 Disconnect displayport, power, and USB cables.

A

C

B

7 Lift the main LCD away from the cabinet and set it aside in a safe place.

Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s32 Complete the following steps to install the main LCD in a Blade s32 cabinet. 1 Locate the main LCD, Figure 3-32. Figure 3-32 Locate main LCD.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 28

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32) 2 Place a screwdriver in both holes located on the main LCD hinges, Figure 3-33, to prevent

the main LCD from shifting and becoming off-balance. Figure 3-33 Side view of hinge hole (top) and rear view of main LCD showing both hinge holes (bottom).

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Dual LCD Bezel Assembly, Secondary LCD, and Main LCD Maintenance (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

3 - 29

3 Holding the main LCD from the sides, lift up slightly and carefully rotate it forward,

Figure 3-34 (A), allowing the hinges on the LCD to shift and reseat in the corresponding slots, Figure 3-34 (B), until the LCD stops in the service position. Figure 3-34 Lift up LCD (top left), hinges reseated (top right) and closeup (bottom) (secondary LCD removed for clarity). A

B

B

4 Reaching behind the main LCD, connect the displayport, Figure 3-35 (A), power,

Figure 3-35 (B), and USB, Figure 3-35 (C), cables. Figure 3-35 Connect displayport, power, and USB cables.

A

C

B

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 30

Triptych LCD Maintenance (Gamescape) 5 Push in slightly on the main LCD to secure it into position. 6 Install the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly on

page 3-10 for more details. 7 Confirm the power is ON. 8 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 9 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Triptych LCD Maintenance (Gamescape)

This section contains procedures for removing and installing the triptych LCD in order to perform maintenance on the Gamescape game cabinet.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Triptych LCD Complete the following steps to remove the triptych LCD from a Gamescape cabinet. NOTE The belly door must be open to remove the dual LCD bezel assembly in order to gain access to and remove the secondary LCD and the main LCD. See Overview of Switches on page 1-52 for information on the switch for each Blade s23 door (as well as all other switches).

1 Unlock and open the belly door and triptych LCD. Reference Unlocking and Opening the

Belly Door and Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape on page 1-35. 2 Disconnect the following cables from the triptych LCD: 

three displayports



one USB



power and EMU bundle

3 Remove the two screws securing the LCD to the cabinet. 4 Holding the triptych LCD from the sides, lift up slightly and lift it away from the cabinet and

set it aside in a safe place.

Button Panel Maintenance

This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the OLED and Tablet 2.0 button panels in the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape cabinets.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

OLED Button Panel When servicing the OLED button panel, the button panel assembly must first be removed from (Blade s23) the button panel deck. Removing the OLED Button Panel Assembly Complete the following steps to remove the OLED button panel assembly from the button panel deck on a Blade s23 cabinet. 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Button Panel Maintenance

3 - 31

3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the eight screws (four on the bottom

and four on the top), Figure 3-36 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the button panel deck. Figure 3-36 Remove screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

5 Disconnect the USB and power cables, Figure 3-37 (A), from the button panel. Figure 3-37 Disconnect cables from OLED button panel.

A

6 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, remove the six nuts, Figure 3-38 (A), securing the

button panel to the button panel deck. Figure 3-38 Remove six nuts securing button panel to button panel deck.

A

A

B

A A

A

A C

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 32

Button Panel Maintenance 7 Lift the button panel away from the button panel deck, Figure 3-39. Figure 3-39 Lift button panel away from button panel deck.

Installing the OLED Button Panel Assembly Complete the following steps to install the new OLED button panel assembly on to the button panel deck. 1 Locate the new button panel. 2 Lift the new button panel onto the button panel deck, Figure 3-40. Figure 3-40 Lift button panel on to button panel deck.

3 Connect the two ground braids, Figure 3-41 (A).

NOTE Confirm that the ground braids are connected at this point before moving to the next step.

Figure 3-41 Connect the ground braids.

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

A

Button Panel Maintenance

3 - 33

4 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, tighten the six nuts, Figure 3-42 (A), securing the

button panel to the button panel deck. Figure 3-42 Tighten six nuts securing button panel to button panel deck.

A

A

A

A

A

A

5 Connect the USB and power cables to the button panel, Figure 3-43 (A). Figure 3-43 Connect cables to OLED button panel.

A

6 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the eight screws (four on the bottom

and four on the top), Figure 3-44 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the button panel deck. Figure 3-44 Tighten screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 34

Button Panel Maintenance 7 Confirm the power is ON. 8 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 9 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details. Replacing the OLED Button Panel Buttons and Lenses Complete the following steps to replace the buttons and lenses in an OLED button panel. 1 Remove the button panel assembly from the button panel deck. Reference Removing the

OLED Button Panel Assembly on page 3-30 for more details. 2 Turn the button panel over so that the underside is facing upward. Using a #2 Phillips

magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the eleven (11) screws securing the button panel to the plastic button deck, Figure 3-45 (A). Figure 3-45 Remove screws securing button panel to plastic button deck.

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

3 Lift the button panel away from the plastic button deck, Figure 3-46. Figure 3-46 Lift button panel away from the plastic button deck.

4 Replace any buttons or lenses as appropriate.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Button Panel Maintenance

3 - 35

5 Position the button panel on the plastic button deck, Figure 3-47. Figure 3-47 Position button panel on plastic button deck.

6 Turn the button panel over so that the underside is facing upward. Using a #2 Phillips

magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the eleven (11) screws securing the button panel to the plastic button deck, Figure 3-48 (A). Figure 3-48 Tighten screws securing button panel to plastic button deck.

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

7 Install the OLED button panel on the button panel deck. Reference Installing the OLED

Button Panel Assembly on page 3-32 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 36

Button Panel Maintenance

Tablet 2.0 When servicing the Tablet 2.0 button panel, the button panel assembly must first be removed Button Panel from the button panel deck. (Blade s32 and Gamescape) Removing the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly Complete the following steps to remove the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly.

NOTE If any components on the Tablet 2.0 button panel need to be replaced, the entire button panel assembly is replaced, rather than the individual components.

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the eight screws (four on the bottom

and four on the top), Figure 3-49 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the button panel deck. Figure 3-49 Remove screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A

A

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

A

A

A

A

A

Button Panel Maintenance

3 - 37

5 Disconnect the following cables from the button panel: 

the tablet power cable



the button power cable



the button USB cable



the tablet VGA cable



the tablet USB cable

6 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, remove the six nuts, Figure 3-50 (A), securing the

button panel to the button panel deck. Figure 3-50 Remove six nuts securing button panel to button panel deck.

A

A

B A

A A

A

7 Lift the button panel away from the button panel deck, Figure 3-51. Figure 3-51 Lift button panel away from button panel deck.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 38

Button Panel Maintenance Installing a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly Complete the following steps to install a new Tablet 2.0 button panel assembly on the button panel deck.

NOTE If any components on the Tablet 2.0 button panel need to be replaced, the entire button panel assembly is replaced rather than the individual components.

1 Locate the new button panel. 2 Lift the new button panel onto the button panel deck, Figure 3-52. Figure 3-52 Lift button panel on to button panel deck.

3 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, tighten the six nuts, Figure 3-53 (A), securing the

button panel to the button panel deck. Figure 3-53 Tighten six nuts securing button panel to button panel deck.

A

A

B A

A A

4 Connect the ground braid, Figure 3-53 (B).

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

A

Button Panel Maintenance

3 - 39

5 Connect the following cables to the button panel: 

the tablet power cable, Figure 3-54 (A)



the button power cable, Figure 3-54 (B)



the button USB cable, Figure 3-54 (C)



the tablet VGA cable, Figure 3-54 (D)



the tablet USB cable, Figure 3-54 (E)

Figure 3-54 Connect cables to Tablet button panel 2.0.

A

E

B

D C

6 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the eight screws (four on the bottom

and four on the top), Figure 3-55 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the button panel deck. Figure 3-55 Tighten screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

7 Confirm the power is ON. 8 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 9 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 40

Button Panel Maintenance Replacing the Buttons and Artwork on a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Complete the following steps to replace the buttons and artwork on the Tablet 2.0 button panel. 1 Remove the button panel from the button panel deck, Figure 3-56. Reference Removing the

Tablet 2.0 Button Panel Assembly on page 3-36 for more details. Figure 3-56 Lift button panel away from button panel deck.

2 Replace any buttons or artwork as appropriate. 3 Lift the button panel onto the button panel deck. 4 Reinstall the button panel onto the button panel deck. Reference Installing a Tablet 2.0

Button Panel Assembly on page 3-36 for more details. Removing a Replacement Button Lens (Tablet 2.0 Only) Steps for replacing a replacement button lens in a Tablet 2.0 button panel are as follows.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Complete the following steps to prepare to replace the replacement lens in the Tablet 2.0 button panel. 1 Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and

Damage on page 3. 2 For ESD protection, keep the game line cord connected for a direct connection to ground.

Ensure the clip end of the ESD wrist strap is connected to an unpainted or bare exposed metal area of the game cabinet. 3 Verify that the game is not in play and that no credits exist on the game. 4 Using the lens pry tool, work the flat edge of the removal tool under the bottom edge at the

center of the lens, Figure 3-57. Figure 3-57 Begin prying the button bezel.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Leap Motion Assembly Maintenance (Gamescape)

3 - 41

5 Work around the perimeter of the lens, prying the lens away from the button housing until

the lens is free.

CAUTION Do not touch the exposed or internal electronic parts to avoid damaging the button.

6 Discard the removed lens.

Installing a Replacement Button Lens (Tablet 2.0 Only) Complete the following steps to install a replacement button lens in a Tablet 2.0 button panel. 1 Do not touch the interior of the lens to avoid leaving fingerprints on it. 2 If necessary, press the replacement lens into the button housing.

NOTE Listen for an audible "snap" to indicate the lens is fully seated.

3 Test the button by pressing it and verifying that it functions normally. 4 Remove the ESD wrist strap and store it in a cool and dry location.

Leap Motion Assembly Maintenance (Gamescape)

This section contains the procedure for performing maintenance on the leap motion assembly for the Gamescape game cabinet. Complete the following procedure to replace the leap motion assembly. 1 Remove the Top Box Wonka Upper Marquee Logo Can (A-1456489). For more information

on removing the top box upper marquee logo can on the Gamescape, reference Installation Bulletin: 1460345 Install Willy Wonka on Gamescape. 2 Disconnect the cables and remove the upper 42-inch flat LCD. For more information on

disconnecting the cables and removing the upper 42-inch flat LCD on the Gamescape, reference Installation Bulletin: 1460345 Install Willy Wonka on Gamescape. 3 Disconnect the cables and remove the lower Triptych LCD. Reference Triptych LCD on

page 3-30 for more information. 4 Remove the left wing channel and the right wing channel. 5 Remove the Player Tracking Tray. 6 Remove the Bill Acceptor. 7 Open the printer. 8 Remove the four M4 screw fasteners from the Leap Motion Deck. 9 Rotate the rear of the Leap Motion Panel forward. 10 Disconnect the Leap Motion USB cable. 11 Remove the Leap Motion Assembly from the game and set it aside. 12 Locate the new Leap Motion Assembly. 13 Connect the Leap Motion USB cable. 14 Rotate the rear of the Leap Motion Panel backwards into the game. 15 Tighten the four M4 screw fasteners on the Leap Motion Deck. 16 Close the printer. 17 Reinstall the Bill Acceptor. Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 42

Emotive Lighting Maintenance 18 Reinstall the Player Tracking Tray. 19 Reinstall the left wing channel and the right wing channel. 20 Connect the cables and reinstall the lower Triptych LCD. Reference Triptych LCD on

page 3-30 for more information. 21 Connect the cables and reinstall the upper 42-inch flat LCD. For more information on

connecting the cables and reinstalling the upper 42-inch flat LCD on the Gamescape, reference Installation Bulletin: 1460345 Install Willy Wonka on Gamescape. 22 Reinstall the Top Box Wonka Upper Marquee Logo Can (A-1456489). For more information

on reinstalling the top box upper marquee logo can on the Gamescape, reference Installation Bulletin: 1460345 Install Willy Wonka on Gamescape.

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the emotive lighting board assembly for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the emotive controller board. Emotive Controller 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. Board (All) 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Unlock and open the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the Drop

Door on page 1-44 for more details. 5 Disconnect the four cables connected to the emotive controller, Figure 3-58 (A). Figure 3-58 Disconnect cables from emotive controller.

A

A

A A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 43

6 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the three 8-32 Keps nuts securing the emotive

controller board to the cabinet, Figure 3-59 (A). Figure 3-59 Remove Keps nuts securing emotive controller board to cabinet.

A

A

A

7 Remove the emotive controller board assembly from the cabinet. 8 Locate the new emotive controller board assembly. 9 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the three 8-32 Keps nuts removed in step 6 on

page 3-42 securing the emotive controller board to the cabinet, Figure 3-60 (A). Figure 3-60 Tighten the Keps nuts securing emotive controller board to cabinet.

A

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 44

Emotive Lighting Maintenance 10 Connect the four cables connected to the emotive controller, Figure 3-61 (A). Figure 3-61 Connect cables to emotive controller. A

A

A A

11 Close and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop Door on

page 1-45 for more details. 12 Confirm the power is ON. 13 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 14 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the Complete the following steps to replace the top emotive lighting board in the Blade s23. Top Emotive 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. Lighting Board 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on (Blade s23) page 1-41 for more details.

3 Confirm that the power is OFF. 4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details. 5 Remove the secondary LCD. Reference Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s23

on page 3-12 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 45

6 In the accessory top, disconnect the emotive top input cable, Figure 3-62 (A), and the two

emotive top light side jumper cables, Figure 3-62 (B), from the top emotive lighting board. Figure 3-62 Top emotive lighting board connections (top) and connections shown on back of board (bottom) (Blade s23 shown).

B

B A

Back view of top emotive lighting board

B

B A

7 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the three screws, Figure 3-63 (A),

securing the top emotive lighting board to the accessory top.

CAUTION Confirm that formex is not removed and remains behind the LED board.

Figure 3-63 Remove three screws securing top emotive lighting board.

A A

A

8 Lift the top emotive lighting board away from the accessory top. 9 Locate the new top emotive lighting board. 10 Set the dip switch master settings as follows:

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 46

Emotive Lighting Maintenance Switch

Setting

S1

1 ON 2-7 OFF

S2

1-4 ON 5-8 OFF

11 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the three screws, Figure 3-64 (A),

securing the top emotive lighting board to the accessory top. Figure 3-64 Tighten three screws securing top emotive lighting board.

A A

A

12 In the accessory top, connect the emotive top input cable, Figure 3-65 (A), and the two

emotive top light side jumper cables, Figure 3-65 (B), to the top emotive lighting board. Figure 3-65 Top emotive light board connections (top) and connections shown on back of board (bottom) (Blade s23 shown).

B

B A

Back view of top emotive lighting board

B

B A

13 Reinstall the secondary LCD. Reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 on

page 3-14 for more details or Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-19 for more details. 14 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-10 for more details. 15 Confirm the power is ON.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 47

16 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 17 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the Left Complete the following steps to replace the left top emotive lighting board and the right top and Right Top emotive lighting board on the Blade s23 game cabinet. Emotive Light 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. Boards 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on (Blade s23) page 1-41 for more details.

3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details. 5 Remove the secondary LCD. Reference Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s23

on page 3-12 for more details. 6 Remove the main LCD. Reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23 on page 3-21

for more details. 7 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the five screws securing the left top

emotive light assembly, Figure 3-66 (A). Figure 3-66 Remove five screws securing left top emotive light assembly.

A

A

A

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 48

Emotive Lighting Maintenance 8 Lift the left light assembly away from the accessory top, Figure 3-67. Figure 3-67 Lift left light assembly away from accessory top.

9 Disconnect the emotive top light side jumper cable, Figure 3-68 (A), from the left top

emotive lighting board. Figure 3-68 Disconnect left emotive top light side jumper cable.

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 49

10 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the three screws, Figure 3-69 (A),

securing the left top emotive lighting board to the left light bezel assembly. Figure 3-69 Remove screws securing top left emotive lighting board to left light bezel assembly.

A

A

A

11 Lift the left top emotive lighting board away from the left light bezel assembly, Figure 3-70. Figure 3-70 Lift left top emotive lighting board away from left light bezel assembly.

12 Locate the new left top emotive lighting board.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 50

Emotive Lighting Maintenance 13 Position the new left top emotive lighting board onto the left light bezel assembly,

Figure 3-71. Figure 3-71 Lift left top emotive lighting board onto left light bezel assembly.

14 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the three screws, Figure 3-72 (A),

securing the left top emotive lighting board to the left light bezel assembly. Figure 3-72 Tighten screws securing top left emotive lighting board to left light bezel assembly.

A

A

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 51

15 Connect the emotive top light side jumper cable, Figure 3-73 (A), to the left top emotive

lighting board. Figure 3-73 Connect left emotive top light side jumper cable.

A

16 Lift the left light assembly onto the accessory top, Figure 3-74. Figure 3-74 Lift left light assembly onto the accessory top.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 52

Emotive Lighting Maintenance 17 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the five screws securing the left top

emotive light assembly, Figure 3-75 (A). Figure 3-75 Tighten five screws securing left top emotive light assembly.

A

A

A

A

A

18 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the five screws, Figure 3-76 (A),

securing the right light bezel assembly to the accessory top. Figure 3-76 Remove five screws securing right light bezel assembly.

A

A

A

A A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 53

19 Lift the right light bezel assembly away from the accessory top, Figure 3-77. Figure 3-77 Lift right light bezel assembly away.

20 In the accessory top, disconnect the emotive top light side jumper cable, Figure 3-78 (A),

from the right top emotive lighting board. Figure 3-78 Disconnect right top emotive light board connection.

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 54

Emotive Lighting Maintenance 21 Lift the right top emotive lighting board away from the left light bezel assembly, Figure 3-79. Figure 3-79 Lift left top emotive lighting board away from left light bezel assembly.

22 Locate the new right top emotive lighting board. 23 Position the right top emotive lighting board onto the right light bezel assembly,

Figure 3-80. Figure 3-80 Position right top emotive lighting board onto right light bezel assembly.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 55

24 Lift the right light bezel assembly on to the accessory top, Figure 3-81. Figure 3-81 Lift right light bezel assembly on to accessory top.

25 Using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the five screws, Figure 3-82 (A),

securing the right light bezel assembly to the accessory top. Figure 3-82 Tighten screws securing right light bezel assembly.

A

A

A

A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 56

Emotive Lighting Maintenance 26 In the accessory top, connect the emotive top light side jumper cable, Figure 3-83 (A), to

the right top emotive lighting board. Figure 3-83 Right top emotive light board connection.

A

A

27 Reinstall the main LCD. Reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-23 for

more details. 28 Reinstall the secondary LCD. Reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 on

page 3-14 for more details. 29 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-10 for more details. 30 Confirm the power is ON. 31 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 32 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the Belly Complete the following steps to replace the belly door emotive lighting boards. Door Emotive 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. Lighting Boards 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on (All) page 1-41 for more details.

3 Confirm the power is OFF.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 57

4 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the eight screws (four on the bottom

and four on the top), Figure 3-84 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the button panel deck. Figure 3-84 Remove screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

5 From underneath the button panel deck, lift the pull cable blocker bracket, Figure 3-85 (A),

away from the button panel deck and set aside in a safe place.

NOTE Be sure not to misplace or lose the pull cable blocker bracket.

Figure 3-85 Remove pull cable blocker bracket.

A

OLED Button Panel

A

Tablet 2.0 Button Panel

6 Remove the OLED or Tablet 2.0 button panel as appropriate. a To remove the OLED button panel, reference Removing the OLED Button Panel

Assembly on page 3-30 for more details. b To remove the Tablet 2.0 button panel, reference Removing the Tablet 2.0 Button Panel

Assembly on page 3-36 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 58

Emotive Lighting Maintenance 7 Remove the left casting, Figure 3-86 (A), by using a #2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the

five screws located underneath the button panel deck securing the casting to the deck, Figure 3-86 (B). Place the left casting aside. Figure 3-86 Remove left casting from button panel deck.

B B

A

B

B

B

OLED Button Panel

B B B

B

B

Tablet Button Panel 2.0

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

A

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 59

8 Remove the right casting, Figure 3-87 (A), by using a #2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the

five screws located underneath the button panel deck securing the casting to the deck, Figure 3-87 (B). Place the right casting aside. Figure 3-87 Right casting location (left) and remove five screws (right).

B

B A B

B

B

OLED Button Panel

B

B A

B

B

B

Tablet Button Panel 2.0

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 60

Emotive Lighting Maintenance 9 Lift the formex piece away from the button panel deck, Figure 3-88. Figure 3-88 Lift formex piece away from the button panel deck.

10 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the four screws located on the

underside of the button panel deck swoop, Figure 3-89 (A). Figure 3-89 Remove four screws located on underside of button panel deck swoop. A

A

A

A

11 Close the belly door. 12 Lift the lens off of the button panel deck light panel, Figure 3-90. Figure 3-90 Lift lens off the button panel deck light panel.

13 Lift the emotive lighting board off of the button panel deck light panel, Figure 3-91.

CAUTION Confirm that formex is not removed and remains behind the LED board.

Figure 3-91 Lift emotive lighting board off the button panel deck light panel.

14 Locate the new emotive lighting board.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 61

15 Position the new emotive lighting board on the button panel deck light panel, Figure 3-92. Figure 3-92 Position emotive lighting board on button panel deck light panel.

16 Position the lens on the button panel deck light panel, Figure 3-93. Figure 3-93 Lift lens off the button panel deck light panel.

17 Open the belly door. 18 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the four screws located on the button

panel deck swoop, Figure 3-94 (A). Figure 3-94 Tighten four screws located on button panel deck swoop. A

A

A

A

19 Position the formex piece on the button panel deck, Figure 3-95. Figure 3-95 Position formex piece on the button panel deck.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 62

Emotive Lighting Maintenance 20 Reinstall the right casting, Figure 3-96 (A), by using a #2 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the

five screws located underneath the button panel deck securing the casting to the button panel deck, Figure 3-96 (B). Figure 3-96 Right casting location (left) and tighten five screws (right).

B

B A B

B

B

OLED Button Panel

B

B A

B

B

Tablet Button Panel 2.0

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

B

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 63

21 Reinstall the left casting, Figure 3-97 (A), by using a #2 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the

five screws located underneath the button panel deck securing the casting to the button panel deck, Figure 3-97 (B). Figure 3-97 Secure left casting to button panel deck.

B B

A

B

B

B

OLED Button Panel

B B

A

B

B

B

Tablet Button Panel 2.0 22 Install the OLED or Tablet 2.0 button panel as appropriate. a To install the OLED button panel, reference Installing the OLED Button Panel Assembly

on page 3-32 for more details. b To install the Tablet 2.0 button panel, reference Installing a Tablet 2.0 Button Panel

Assembly on page 3-38 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 64

Emotive Lighting Maintenance 23 Underneath the button panel deck, reinstall the pull cable blocker bracket, Figure 3-98 (A),

onto the button panel deck. Figure 3-98 Reinstall pull cable blocker bracket.

A

24 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the eight screws (four on the bottom

and four on the top), Figure 3-99 (A), securing the lower button panel deck cover to the button panel deck. Figure 3-99 Tighten screws securing lower button panel deck cover to button panel deck.

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

25 Confirm the power is ON. 26 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 27 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 65

Replacing the Drop Complete the following steps to replace the drop door emotive lighting board. Door Emotive 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. Lighting Board 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on (All) page 1-41 for more details.

3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the

Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details. 5 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the five screws located under the main

door securing the lower light bracket, Figure 3-100 (A). Figure 3-100 Remove five screws located under main door (drop door removed for clarity).

A A

A

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 66

Emotive Lighting Maintenance 6 Lift the lower light bracket away, Figure 3-101. Figure 3-101 Lift lower light bracket away.

7 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the three screws securing the drop

door emotive lighting board to the cabinet, Figure 3-102 (A). Figure 3-102 Remove screws securing drop door emotive lighting board to cabinet.

A A B

A

8 Disconnect the emotive foot light board cable, Figure 3-102 (B), from the drop door emotive

lighting board. 9 Lift the drop door emotive lighting board away from the cabinet. 10 Locate the new drop door emotive lighting board. 11 Position the drop door emotive lighting board on the cabinet. 12 Connect the emotive foot light board cable, Figure 3-103 (A), to the drop door emotive

lighting board. Figure 3-103 Tighten screws securing drop door emotive lighting board to cabinet.

B B A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

B

Emotive Lighting Maintenance

3 - 67

13 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the three screws securing the drop

door emotive lighting board to the cabinet, Figure 3-103 (B). 14 Position the lower light bracket on the cabinet, Figure 3-104. Figure 3-104 Position lower light bracket on cabinet.

15 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the five screws located under the main

door securing the lower light bracket, Figure 3-105 (A). Figure 3-105 Tighten five screws located under main door (drop door removed for clarity).

A A

A

A

A

16 Install, close, and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop

Door on page 1-45 for more details. 17 Confirm the power is ON. 18 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 19 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details. Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 68

REPLACING ALL EMOTIVE LIGHTING BOARDS IN GAMESCAPE

REPLACING ALL EMOTIVE LIGHTING BOARDS IN GAMESCAPE

The Emotive Light Boards in the Gamescape are integrated into the triptych and 42-inch displays. Both displays are provided by the vendor. In the event of lighting failure, the entire display will be replaced, as the lighting circuit boards are not field serviceable.

Top Box Controller Board (Gamescape)

This section explains the procedure for replacing the Top Box Controller Board in the Gamescape cabinet. To replace the Top Box Controller Board in the Gamescape cabinet, perform the following steps. 1 Remove the upper left and lower right M4 screws securing the controller board to the mast. 2 Pop the board out. 3 Locate the new Top Box Controller Board. 4 Position it in the cabinet. 5 Tighten the upper left and lower right M4 screws to secure the controller board to the mast.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Printer Maintenance (All)

Printer Maintenance (All)

3 - 69

This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the printer for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets, such as replacing paper or clearing a jam.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Removing and Complete the following procedure to remove and reinstall the printer. Reinstalling 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. the Printer

2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Pull the printer bezel forward, Figure 3-106. Figure 3-106 Pull printer bezel forward (belly door removed for clarity).

5 If applicable, disconnect the cable. 6 Remove the printer bezel. Reference Replacing the Printer Bezel When Damaged on

page 3-70 for more details. 7 Clear printer jam or perform printer maintenance. 8 Reinstall the printer bezel. Reference Replacing the Printer Bezel When Damaged on

page 3-70 for more details. 9 If applicable, reconnect the cable. 10 Push the printer into the printer housing. 11 Confirm the power is ON. 12 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 13 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 70

Printer Maintenance (All)

Replacing the Complete the following steps to replace the printer bezel when damaged. Printer Bezel 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. When Damaged 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Remove the printer. Reference Removing and Reinstalling the Printer on page 3-69 for

more details. 5 Using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove and set aside the four screws (two on

each side), Figure 3-107 (A), securing the bezel to the printer. Figure 3-107 Remove four screws securing bezel to printer. A

A

A

A

NOTE Boards on the printer bezel can be replaced.

6 Disconnect the printer bezel from the printer. 7 Lift the bezel away from the printer. 8 Locate the new bezel. 9 Connect the new printer bezel to the printer. 10 Using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the four screws removed in step 5 on

page 3-70 (two on each side), Figure 3-108 (A), securing the bezel to the printer. Figure 3-108 Tighten four screws securing bezel to printer. A

A

A

A A

11 The new printer bezel is now secured.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All)

Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All)

3 - 71

This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the bill acceptor for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the bill acceptor head. Bill Acceptor Head 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Release the cable channel, Figure 3-109 (A), by pulling off the velcro securing it to the

cabinet from the inside of the channel, and pushing it up and out of the way. Figure 3-109 Push cable channel out of the way.

A

5 Depending on the type of bill acceptor, gently pull it up or straight forward to disengage, and

then pull it out of the cabinet, Figure 3-110. Figure 3-110 Pull bill acceptor out of cabinet.

6 Remove the bill acceptor bezel. Reference Replacing the Bill Acceptor Bezel When

Damaged on page 3-72 for more details. Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 72

Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All) 7 Locate and reinstall the bill acceptor bezel. Reference Replacing the Bill Acceptor Bezel

When Damaged on page 3-72 for more details. 8 Push the bill acceptor into the bill acceptor housing, and depending on the type of bill

acceptor, gently push it up or straight back to engage, Figure 3-111. Figure 3-111 Push bill acceptor into housing.

9 Confirm the power is ON. 10 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 11 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the Bill Complete the following steps to replace the bill acceptor bezel when the bill acceptor bezel is Acceptor Bezel damaged. When Damaged 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Release the cable channel, Figure 3-112 (A), by pulling off the velcro securing it to the

cabinet from the inside of the channel, and pushing it up and out of the way. Figure 3-112 Push cable channel out of the way.

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All)

3 - 73

5 Depending on the type of bill acceptor, gently pull it up straight forward to disengage, and

then pull it out of the cabinet, Figure 3-113. Figure 3-113 Pull bill acceptor out of cabinet.

6 Using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove and set aside the four screws (two on

each side), Figure 3-114 (A), securing the bezel to the bill acceptor. Figure 3-114 Remove four screws securing bezel to bill acceptor. A A

A

A

7 Disconnect the bill acceptor bezel from the bill acceptor. 8 Lift the bezel away from the bill acceptor. 9 Locate the new bill acceptor bezel. 10 Connect the new bill acceptor bezel to the bill acceptor.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 74

Bill Acceptor Maintenance (All) 11 Using a #1 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the four screws removed in step 6 on

page 3-73 (two on each side), Figure 3-115 (A), securing the bezel to the bill acceptor. Figure 3-115 Tighten four screws securing bezel to bill acceptor. A A

A

A

12 The bill acceptor bezel is now secured. 13 Push the bill acceptor into the bill acceptor housing, and depending on the type of bill

acceptor, gently push it up or down to engage, Figure 3-116. Figure 3-116 Push bill acceptor into housing.

14 Resecure the cable channel. 15 Confirm the power is ON. 16 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 17 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Hard Meter Maintenance (All)

Hard Meter Maintenance (All)

3 - 75

This section describes the procedure for performing maintenance on the hard meter for the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape game cabinets.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Complete the following steps to replace the hard meters, if applicable. Hard Meters 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. (if applicable)

2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the game is OFF. 4 Using an 11/32-inch or 9 mm nut driver, remove and set aside the four nuts securing the

hard meters to the main door, Figure 3-117. Figure 3-117 Remove nuts securing hard meters.

A A A A

5 Disconnect the hard meters from the wire harness running along the top of the main door. 6 Lift the hard meters out of the cabinet. 7 Locate the new hard meters. 8 Connect the new hard meters to the wire harness running along the top of the main door.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 76

Hard Meter Maintenance (All) 9 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, tighten the four nuts removed in step 4 on

page 3-75 securing the hard meters to the main door, Figure 3-118 (A). Figure 3-118 Tighten nuts securing hard meters.

A A A A

10 Confirm the power is ON. 11 Close and lock the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 12 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Subwoofer Maintenance (All)

Subwoofer Maintenance (All)

3 - 77

This section describes how to perform maintenance on the subwoofer for the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape game cabinets.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Complete the following steps to replace the ADL subwoofer, Figure 3-119 (A). Subwoofer Figure 3-119 Location of subwoofer (drop door removed for clarity).

A

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the

Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 78

Subwoofer Maintenance (All) 5 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, remove the four nuts seated in the keyholes

securing the subwoofer to the side of the cabinet, Figure 3-120. Figure 3-120 Remove four nuts securing subwoofer.

6 Disconnect the cable. 7 Remove the subwoofer from the cabinet. 8 Place the subwoofer on a flat, non-abrasive surface. 9 Locate the new subwoofer. 10 Using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, tighten the four nuts seated in the keyholes

securing the subwoofer to the side of the cabinet, Figure 3-121. Figure 3-121 Tighten four nuts securing subwoofer.

11 Reconnect the cable. 12 Install, close, and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop

Door on page 1-45 for more details. 13 Confirm the power is ON. 14 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 15 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Audio Amplifier Assembly (All)

Audio Amplifier Assembly (All)

3 - 79

This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the audio amplifier assembly for the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape game cabinets.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Audio The audio system is connected and ready to use upon delivery. Verify the WMS audio amplifier Amplifier Assembly assembly connections, Figure 3-122 and Table 3-5. Figure 3-122 Verify audio amplifier connections. C

B

A

Table 3-5 Audio amplifier connections. Connection

Location

Power cable

Figure 3-123 (A)

SPDIF cable

Figure 3-123 (B)

Speaker cable

Figure 3-123 (C)

Complete the following steps to replace the audio amplifier assembly. 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details 3 Confirm that the power is OFF. 4 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the

Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details. 5 Disconnect the three cables from the audio amplifier assembly, Figure 3-122 and Table 3-5.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 80

Audio Amplifier Assembly (All) 6 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the four 8-32 Keps nuts securing the PCB mounting

ebox bracket to the cabinet, Figure 3-123 (A). Figure 3-123 Remove nuts securing PCB mounting ebox bracket (view from underneath).

A

A

A

A

7 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the three screws securing the audio amplifier

assembly to the cabinet, Figure 3-124 (A). Figure 3-124 Remove screws securing audio amplifier assembly (view from underneath).

A A A

8 Remove the audio amplifier assembly from the cabinet. 9 Locate the new audio amplifier assembly.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Audio Amplifier Assembly (All)

3 - 81

10 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the three screws securing the audio amplifier

assembly to the cabinet, Figure 3-125 (A). Figure 3-125 Tighten screws securing audio amplifier assembly (view from underneath).

A A A

11 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the four 8-32 Keps nuts securing the PCB mounting

ebox bracket to the cabinet, Figure 3-126 (A). Figure 3-126 Tighten nuts securing PCB mounting ebox bracket (view from underneath).

A

A

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 82

Audio Amplifier Assembly (All) 12 Connect the three cables to the audio amplifier assembly, Figure 3-127 and Table 3-6. Table 3-6 Audio amplifier connections. Connection

Location

Power cable

Figure 3-127 (A)

SPDIF cable

Figure 3-127 (B)

Speaker cable

Figure 3-127 (C)

Figure 3-127 Connect three cables to audio amplifier assembly. C

B

A

13 Install, close, and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop

Door on page 1-45 for more details. 14 Confirm the power is ON. 15 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 16 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Power Supply Maintenance (All)

Power Supply Maintenance (All)

3 - 83

This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the power supply for the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape game cabinets.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the power supply. Power Supply 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm that the power switch, Figure 3-128 (A), is in the OFF position. Figure 3-128 Confirm power switch is in OFF position.

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 84

Power Supply Maintenance (All) 4 Carefully lift the power supply cover up and then lift the two tabs out of the slots located on

the side of the cabinet, Figure 3-129 (A). Figure 3-129 Power supply cover (left) and lift tabs out of slots (right).

A

A A

A

5 Disconnect the power cord. 6 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, remove the four screws securing the power

supply, Figure 3-130 (A). Figure 3-130 Tighten screws securing power supply.

A A

A

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Power Supply Maintenance (All)

3 - 85

7 If applicable, using diagonal cutters, cut the two zip ties securing the meter cable to the

meter cable bracket, Figure 3-131 (A). Figure 3-131 Remove zip ties (zip ties not shown).

A

A B

B

8 Using a 3/8-inch nut driver, remove the two nuts securing the meter cable bracket and

remove the bracket from the cabinet, Figure 3-131 (B). 9 Disconnect the rest of the cables from the power supply. 10 Disconnect the power supply, Figure 3-132 (A), and slide it out of the cabinet. Figure 3-132 Disconnect and remove power supply. A

11 Locate the new power supply.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 86

Power Supply Maintenance (All) 12 Connect the power supply, Figure 3-133 (A), and slide it into the cabinet. Figure 3-133 Connect and slide in power supply. A

13 Connect the other cables to the power supply. 14 Locate the meter cable bracket, and using a 3/8-inch nut driver, tighten the two nuts

securing the bracket to the cabinet, Figure 3-134 (A). Figure 3-134 Use zip ties to secure cable to meter cable bracket (zip ties not shown).

B

A A B A

A

A

A

15 If applicable, using two zip ties, secure the meter cable to the meter cable bracket,

Figure 3-134 (B).

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Power Supply Maintenance (All)

3 - 87

16 Using a #2 Phillips magnetic tip screwdriver, tighten the four screws securing the power

supply, Figure 3-135 (A). Figure 3-135 Remove screws securing power supply.

A A

A

A

17 Connect the power cord. 18 Carefully lift the power supply cover up and engage the two tabs with the slots located on

the side of the cabinet, Figure 3-136 (A). Figure 3-136 Engage tabs in slots (left) and power supply cover (right).

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 88

Switched or Unswitched Fuses (All) 19 Confirm that the power switch, Figure 3-137 (A), is in the ON position. Figure 3-137 Confirm power switch is in ON position.

A

20 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 21 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Switched or Unswitched Fuses (All)

This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the switched or unswitched fuses for the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape game cabinets.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the switched or unswitched power supply fuses. Switched or 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. Unswitched Fuses 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Unplug the game from the power supply. WARNING - SHOCK HAZARD Failure to disconnect the AC Line Cord when handling the Power Supply may result in a shock hazard.

5 Remove the power supply. Reference Replacing the Power Supply on page 3-83 for more

details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Switched or Unswitched Fuses (All)

3 - 89

6 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the fuseholder notch of the fuse for switched power,

Figure 3-138 (A), or unswitched power, Figure 3-138 (B), and turn counterclockwise to loosen and remove the fuseholder. Figure 3-138 Insert a flathead screwdriver into fuse-holder notch. B

A

7 Pull the fuse from the fuseholder. 8 Replace the old fuse with a new fuse in the power supply. 9 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the fuseholder notch of the fuse for switched power,

Figure 3-139 (A), or unswitched power, Figure 3-139 (B), and turn counterclockwise to tighten the new fuseholder. Figure 3-139 Insert a flathead screwdriver into fuse-holder notch. B

A

10 Reinstall the power supply. Reference Replacing the Power Supply on page 3-83 for more

details. 11 Reconnect the game to the power supply. 12 Confirm the power is ON. 13 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 14 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 90 Fan and Blower Assemblies

Fan and Blower Assemblies This section contains procedures for performing maintenance on the fan assemblies and blower assembly for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Replacing the Accessory Top Fan Assemblies (Blade s23 and Blade s32)

The Blade s23 has one fan assembly located in the accessory top, Figure 3-140 (A), and the Blade s32 has two fan assemblies - one located in the accessory top, Figure 3-140 (B), and one located in the box, Figure 3-140 (C). Figure 3-140 Blade s23 fan assembly (left) and Blade s32 fan assemblies (right). B

A

Blade s23

C

Blade s32

Complete the following procedure to replace the accessory top fan assembly. 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details. 5 Remove the secondary LCD.

For Blade s23, reference Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s23 on page 3-12 for more details. For Blade s32, reference Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s32 on page 3-17 for more details. 6 Disconnect the blower power cable from the cable labeled FAN.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Fan and Blower Assemblies

3 - 91

7 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the two 6-32 Keps nuts securing the fan grill to the

mounting bracket to the back of the cabinet, Figure 3-141 (A). Figure 3-141 Remove nuts securing fan mounting bracket (Blade s23 shown).

A

A

8 Lift the fan grill away from the fan assembly, Figure 3-142 (A). Figure 3-142 Remove fan grill and fan assembly from cabinet (Blade s23 shown). A

9 Lift the fan assembly, Figure 3-143, off of the standoffs on the fan mounting bracket. Figure 3-143 Remove fan from standoffs.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 92

Fan and Blower Assemblies 10 Locate the new fan assembly. 11 Position the fan assembly, Figure 3-144 (A), on the two standoffs on the fan mounting

bracket, Figure 3-144. Figure 3-144 Position fan on standoffs.

12 Position the fan grill on the fan assembly, Figure 3-145 (A). Figure 3-145 Position fan grill on fan assembly (Blade s23 shown). A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Fan and Blower Assemblies

3 - 93

13 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the two 6-32 Keps nuts, Figure 3-146 (A), securing

the fan grill to the fan assembly. Figure 3-146 Tighten nuts securing fan grill to fan assembly (Blade s23 shown).

A

A

14 Connect the blower power cable to the cable labeled FAN. 15 Reinstall the secondary LCD.

For Blade s23, reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-14 for more details. For Blade s32, reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s32 on page 3-19 for more details. 16 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-10 for more details. 17 Confirm the power is ON. 18 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 19 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the Box Complete the following step to replace the box fan assembly. Fan Assembly 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. (Blade s32)

2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details. 5 Remove the secondary LCD. Reference Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s32

on page 3-17 for more details. 6 Disconnect the lower fan power cable from the cable labeled FAN.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 94

Fan and Blower Assemblies 7 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the two 6-32 Keps nuts securing the fan grill to the

mounting bracket to the back of the cabinet, Figure 3-147 (A). Figure 3-147 Remove nuts securing fan mounting bracket.

A

A

8 Lift the fan grill away from the fan assembly, Figure 3-148 (A). Figure 3-148 Remove fan grill from fan assembly. A

9 Lift the fan assembly, Figure 3-149, off of the standoffs on the fan mounting bracket. Figure 3-149 Remove fan from standoffs.

10 Locate the new fan assembly. Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Fan and Blower Assemblies

3 - 95

11 Position the fan assembly, Figure 3-150 (A), on the two standoffs on the fan mounting

bracket, Figure 3-150. Figure 3-150 Position fan on standoffs.

12 Position the fan grill on the fan assembly, Figure 3-151 (A). Figure 3-151 Position fan grill on fan assembly. A

13 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the two 6-32 Keps nuts, Figure 3-152 (A), securing

the fan grill to the fan assembly. Figure 3-152 Tighten nuts securing fan grill to fan assembly.

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 96

Fan and Blower Assemblies 14 Connect the two power cables to the cable labeled FAN. 15 Reinstall the secondary LCD.

For Blade s23, reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-14 for more details. For Blade s32, reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s32 on page 3-19 for more details. 16 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-10 for more details. 17 Confirm the power is ON. 18 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 19 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Replacing the Mast The Gamescape has one fan assembly located in the mast, Figure 3-153 (A). Fan Assembly Figure 3-153 Gamescape fan assembly. (Gamescape)

A

Complete the following procedure to replace the mast fan assembly. 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Disconnect the blower power cable from the cable labeled FAN.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Fan and Blower Assemblies

3 - 97

5 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the two 6-32 Keps nuts securing the fan grill to the

mounting bracket to the back of the mast, Figure 3-154 (A). Figure 3-154 Remove nuts securing fan mounting bracket. A

A

6 Lift the fan grill away from the fan assembly, Figure 3-155 (A). Figure 3-155 Remove fan grill and fan assembly from mast. A

7 Lift the fan assembly, Figure 3-156, off of the standoffs on the fan mounting bracket. Figure 3-156 Remove fan from standoffs.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 98

Fan and Blower Assemblies 8 Locate the new fan assembly. 9 Position the fan assembly, Figure 3-157, on the standoffs on the fan mounting bracket. Figure 3-157 Position fan on standoffs.

10 Position the fan grill, Figure 3-158 (A), on the fan assembly, Figure 3-158. Figure 3-158 Position fan grill on fan assembly. A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Fan and Blower Assemblies

3 - 99

11 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the two 6-32 Keps nuts securing the fan grill to the

mounting bracket to the back of the mast, Figure 3-159 (A). Figure 3-159 Tighten nuts securing fan mounting bracket. A

A

12 Connect the blower power cable to the cable labeled FAN. 13 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 14 Confirm the power is ON. 15 Close and lock the triptych LCD and the belly door. Reference Locking and Closing the

Belly Door and the Triptych LCD Display - Gamescape on page 1-38 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 100

Fan and Blower Assemblies

Replacing the CPU Complete the following steps to replace the CPU Fan Tray Assembly. Fan Tray Assembly (All) NOTE The CPU Fan Tray Assembly is hot swappable and may be removed and installed with the EGM power ON.

1 Place your index finger in the notch located on the right side of the fan tray assembly,

Figure 3-160. Figure 3-160 Notch location on the fan tray assembly (left) and close-up (right).

2 Carefully pull the fan tray assembly out of the fan housing, Figure 3-161. Figure 3-161 Pull fan tray assembly out of fan housing.

3 Locate the new CPU Fan Tray Assembly.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Fan and Blower Assemblies

3 - 101

4 Carefully push the CPU Fan Tray Assembly into the fan housing, Figure 3-162. Figure 3-162 Push CPU Fan Tray Assembly into fan housing (left) and fully seated (right).

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the bottom blower assembly, Figure 3-163. Bottom Blower Figure 3-163 Location of bottom blower (Blade s23 shown). Assembly (All)

A

1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the

Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 102

Fan and Blower Assemblies 5 Using an 11/32-inch or 9 mm nut driver, remove the four nuts seated in the keyholes

securing the subwoofer to the side of the cabinet, Figure 3-164 (A). Figure 3-164 Remove nuts securing subwoofer.

A

A

A

A

6 Disconnect the cable from the subwoofer. 7 Disconnect the blower power cable from the cable labeled FAN. 8 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the two 6-32x24 panhead screws, Figure 3-165 (A),

securing the lower blower assembly to the hot airflow duct housing. Figure 3-165 Remove the panhead screws securing lower blower assembly.

A

A

9 Bring the lower blower assembly forward and out of the cabinet, Figure 3-166. Figure 3-166 Remove lower blower assembly from cabinet.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Fan and Blower Assemblies

3 - 103

10 Locate the new bottom blower. 11 Place the new lower blower assembly in the cabinet, Figure 3-167. Figure 3-167 Place new lower blower assembly in cabinet.

12 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the two 6-32x24 panhead screws, Figure 3-168 (A),

securing the lower blower assembly to the hot airflow duct housing. Figure 3-168 Tighten panhead screws securing lower blower assembly.

A

A

13 Connect the blower power cable to the cable labeled FAN.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 104

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 14 Position the subwoofer in the cabinet and, using an 11/32-inch or 9mm nut driver, tighten

the four nuts seated in the keyholes securing the subwoofer to the side of the cabinet, Figure 3-169 (A). Figure 3-169 Tighten four nuts securing subwoofer.

A

A

A

A

15 Reconnect the cable to the subwoofer. 16 Install, close, and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop

Door on page 1-45 for more details. 17 Confirm the power is ON. 18 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 19 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

This section details maintenance procedures for the tower light and marquee.

Replacing the Replacing the Tower Light in a Blade 23 Tower Light Complete the following procedure to replace the tower light in a Blade s23 game cabinet. ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page A-5.

WARNING Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5.

1 These are the parts being used in this procedure:

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543



tower light support, Figure 3-170 (A)



tower light support disc plate, Figure 3-170 (B)



tower light cover, Figure 3-170 (C)

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 

3 - 105

two tier tower light, Figure 3-170 (D)

Figure 3-170 Tower light support (top left), support disc plate (bottom left), tower light cover (center), and two-tier tower light (right). A

C

D

B

1 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details. 2 Remove the main LCD. Reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23 on page 3-21

for more details. 3 Disconnect the 6-pin tower light power cable, Figure 3-171 (A), from the extender cable

connected to the backplane, Figure 3-171 (B). Figure 3-171 Disconnect tower light power cable from backplane.

A B

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 106

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 4 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable behind the printer, around the player tracking tray,

and through the two cable clamps on the left side of the accessory top. Let the cable hang loose through the cable access hole, Figure 3-172 (A). Figure 3-172 Disconnect ground braid.

B

A

5 Remove the nut securing the tower light ground braid, Figure 3-172 (B). 6 From inside the game, unsecure the tower light cover from the accessory top by using a

1/4-socket to loosen the two nuts, Figure 3-173 (A). Figure 3-173 View from inside game loosening nuts (left) and view from top of tower light (right).

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

A

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 107

7 Feed the tower light power cable and ground braid through the cable access hole, and lift

the tower light cover away from the accessory top, Figure 3-174. Figure 3-174 Lift tower light cover away from accessory top.

8 Turn the tower light cover over, and remove the two ferrites from the top, Figure 3-175 (A),

and the bottom, Figure 3-175 (B), of the tower light power cable. Figure 3-175 Remove two ferrites.

A

B

9 With the tower light cover turned over, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver or 1/4-inch nut driver,

loosen the two 8-32 inch screws, Figure 3-176 (A), securing the tower light to the tower light cover. Figure 3-176 Loosen screws securing tower light to tower light cover.

A A

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 108

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 10 Turn the tower light cover over and lift the two tier tower light away, Figure 3-177. Figure 3-177 Lift tower light away from tower light cover.

11 Locate the new tower light. 12 Confirm the tower light cover is seated on top of the tower light support, Figure 3-178. Figure 3-178 Confirm tower light cover is on top of tower light support (left) and fully seated (right).

B A

13 Turn the tower light cover over, and confirm the tower light support disc plate,

Figure 3-179 (A), is seated inside the tower light support, Figure 3-179 (B), being sure to align the screw holes. Figure 3-179 Position support disc plate inside of tower light support (left) and fully seated (right). A B

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 109

14 Turn the tower light cover over and position the new two tier tower light on top, being sure to

align the screw holes, Figure 3-180. Figure 3-180 Position tower light on top of tower light cover.

15 Turn the tower light cover over, and using a #2 Phillips screwdriver or 1/4-inch nut driver,

tighten the two 8-32 inch screws, Figure 3-181 (A), securing the tower light to the tower light cover. Figure 3-181 Tighten screws securing tower light to tower light cover.

A A

A

A

16 With the tower light cover still turned over, on the tower light power cable, add one ferrite

(using two wraps), as close to the tower light as possible, Figure 3-182 (A). Figure 3-182 Wrap ferrites.

A

B

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 110

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 17 Add a second ferrite (using two wraps) as close to the end of the tower light power cable as

possible, Figure 3-182 (B). 18 Feed the tower light power cable and ground braid through the cable access hole, and

position the tower light cover on top of the accessory top, Figure 3-183, being sure to align the screw holes. Figure 3-183 Position tower light cover on top of accessory top.

19 From inside the game, secure the tower light cover to the accessory top by using a 1/4-inch

socket to tighten the two nuts, Figure 3-184 (A). Figure 3-184 View from inside game tightening nuts (left) and view from top of tower light (right).

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

A

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 111

20 Tighten the nut securing the tower light ground braid, Figure 3-185 (A). Figure 3-185 Secure ground braid.

A

21 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable, Figure 3-186 (A), through the cable access hole,

the two cable clamps on the left side of the accessory top, around the player tracking, behind the printer, then connect to the extender cable connected to the backplane, Figure 3-186 (B). Figure 3-186 Connect ground braid and power cable (left) to backplane (right).

B

A

22 The tower light assembly is now secured and connected to the cabinet. 23 Reinstall the main LCD. Reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-23 for

more details. 24 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-10 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 112

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance Replacing the Tower Light in a Blade s32 Complete the following procedure to replace the tower light in a Blade s32 game cabinet. ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page A-5.

WARNING Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5.

1 These are the parts being used in this procedure: 

tower light bracket, Figure 3-187 (A)



two tier tower light, Figure 3-187 (B)



hardware

Figure 3-187 Tower light bracket (left) and two-tier tower light (right). A

B

1 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details. 2 Remove the main LCD. Reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s32 on page 3-26

for more details. 3 Disconnect the 6-pin tower light power cable, Figure 3-188 (A), from the extender cable

connected to the backplane, Figure 3-188 (B). Figure 3-188 Disconnect tower light power cable from backplane.

A B

4 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable straight down.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 113

5 Remove the nut securing the tower light ground braid, Figure 3-189 (A). Figure 3-189 Disconnect ground braid.

A

6 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, remove the four 1/4-inch x 20 nuts securing the tower light

bracket to the accessory top, Figure 3-190 (A). Figure 3-190 View of four nuts inside top (left) and view of four nuts outside top (right).

A

A

A

A

A

A

A A

7 Lift the tower light bracket away, Figure 3-191. Figure 3-191 Lift tower light bracket away.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 114

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 8 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the two screws securing the tower light to the tower

light bracket, Figure 3-192 (A). Figure 3-192 Remove screws securing tower light to tower light bracket.

A

A

9 Remove the two ferrites from the top, Figure 3-193 (A), and the bottom, Figure 3-193 (B), of

the tower light power cable. Figure 3-193 Remove two ferrites.

A

B

10 Lift the tower light away from the tower light bracket, Figure 3-194. Figure 3-194 Lift tower light away from tower light bracket.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 115

11 Locate the new tower light. 12 Install the two ferrites to the top, Figure 3-195 (A), and the bottom, Figure 3-195 (B), of the

tower light power cable. Figure 3-195 Install two ferrites.

A

B

13 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the two screws securing the tower light to the tower

light bracket, Figure 3-196 (A). Figure 3-196 Tighten screws securing tower light to tower light bracket.

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 116

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 14 Lift the tower light bracket on to the accessory top, Figure 3-197. Figure 3-197 Lift tower light bracket on to accessory top.

15 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the four 1/4-inch x 20 nuts securing the tower light

bracket to the accessory top, Figure 3-198 (A). Figure 3-198 View of four nuts inside top (left) and view of four nuts outside top (right).

A

A

A

A

A

A

A A

16 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable behind the printer, around the player tracking tray,

and through the two cable clamps on the left side of the accessory top. Let the cable hang loose through the cable access hole, Figure 3-199 (A). Figure 3-199 Let cable hang and connect ground braid.

B

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 117

17 Tighten the nut securing the tower light ground braid, Figure 3-199 (B). 18 Connect the 6-pin tower light power cable, Figure 3-200 (A), to the extender cable

connected to the backplane, Figure 3-200 (B). Figure 3-200 Connect tower light power cable to backplane.

A B

19 The tower light assembly is now secured and connected to the cabinet. 20 Reinstall the main LCD. Reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s32 on page 3-27 for

more details. 21 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-10 for more details.

Installing the For more information on installing the tower light on the Gamescape, reference Installation Tower Light Bulletin: 1460345 Install Willy Wonka on Gamescape. (Gamescape) Removing the Removing the Marquee from a Blade s23 Marquee Complete the following procedure to remove the marquee from a Blade s23. 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Confirm the power is OFF. 3 Remove the main LCD. Reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23 on page 3-21

for more details. 4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 118

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 5 Remove the side panel from the left side of the cabinet, Figure 3-201 (A), to access the

emotive lighting controller assembly, Figure 3-201 (B). Reference Removing and Installing the Side Panels on page 3-156 for more details. Figure 3-201 Remove side panel. A B

C

6 Disconnect the marquee emotive cable from the emotive controller, Figure 3-201 (C). 7 Route the marquee emotive cable up through the cable access hole in the cabinet and then

up through the two inside left cable clamps, Figure 3-202. Figure 3-202 Route marquee emotive cable (doors and components removed for illustrative purposes).

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 119

8 Disconnect the 8-pin marquee power cable from the backplane 2.0 PCB. 9 Carefully standing on a ladder or step ladder, remove the marquee, and if applicable, the

tower light, from the accessory top. 10 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable, the marquee power cable, and the marquee

emotive cable up and through the hole at the middle of the top of the accessory top. Removing the Marquee from a Blade s32 Complete the following procedure to remove the marquee from a Blade s32 cabinet. 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Confirm the power is OFF. 3 Remove the main LCD. Reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s32 on page 3-26

for more details. 4 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details. 5 Remove the side panel from the left side of the cabinet, Figure 3-203 (A), to access the

emotive lighting controller assembly, Figure 3-203 (B). Reference Removing and Installing the Side Panels on page 3-156 for more details. Figure 3-203 Route marquee emotive cable (main door removed for illustrative purposes).

B

C

6 Disconnect the marquee emotive cable from the emotive controller, Figure 3-203 (C).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 120

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 7 Route the marquee emotive cable up through the cable access hole in the cabinet and then

up through the two inside left cable clamps, Figure 3-204. Figure 3-204 Route marquee emotive cable (doors and components removed for illustrative purposes).

8 Disconnect the 8-pin marquee power cable from the backplane 2.0 PCB. 9 Disconnect the 6-pin tower light cable from the 6-pin connector in the emu controller located

at the top. 10 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, remove the four 1/4-inch x 20 nuts securing the marquee to the

marquee mounting bracket, Figure 3-205 (A). Figure 3-205 Remove nuts.

A

A

A

A

11 Carefully standing on a ladder or step ladder, raise the marquee from the accessory top. 12 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable, the marquee power cable, and the marquee

emotive cable up and through the hole at the middle of the top of the accessory top. 13 Confirm the power is ON. 14 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 15 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 121

Replacing/Installing Complete the following procedure to replace or install the tower light in a marquee on the Tower Light in a Blade s23 or Blade s32 cabinets. Marquee (Blade s23 and NOTE Blade 32) While this procedure contains images that assume the tower light is being replaced, it may be used to install the tower light on to the marquee if one was not already present. This condition is provided for in the procedure.

WARNING Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5.

1 Remove the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Removing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-8 for more details. 2 Remove the main LCD.

For Blade s23, reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s23 on page 3-21 for more details. For Blade s32, reference Removing the Main LCD from a Blade s32 on page 3-26 for more details. 3 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 4 Confirm the power is OFF. 5 Disconnect the 6-pin tower light power cable from the 6-pin connector in the top,

Figure 3-206 (A). 6 Disconnect the emotive lighting cable on the marquee. Figure 3-206 Disconnect tower light power cable (Blade s23 shown).

A

7 Remove the marquee.

For removing the Blade s23 marquee, reference Removing the Marquee from a Blade s23 on page 3-117. For removing the Blade s32 marquee, reference Removing the Marquee from a Blade s32 on page 3-119.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 122

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 8 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the four screws securing the front bezel to the

marquee assembly, Figure 3-207 (A). Figure 3-207 Remove four screws securing front bezel to marquee assembly.

A

A

A

A

9 Slowly lift the front bezel assembly away from the marquee, Figure 3-208. Figure 3-208 Lift front bezel assembly away from marquee.

A

A

B

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 123

10 Disconnect the top and bottom 10-pin cables connected to the emotive light boards on the

front bezel assembly, Figure 3-208 (A). 11 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the nut securing the ground braid to the front bezel

assembly. 12 Remove the ground braid from the mounting stud on the front bezel assembly,

Figure 3-208 (B). 13 Set the front bezel assembly aside on a flat, non-abrasive surface. 14 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the four 8-32 screws securing the light board

assembly to the marquee, Figure 3-209 (A). Figure 3-209 Remove screws securing light board to marquee.

C A A

A A

B C

15 Disconnect the power cable connected to the bottom right light board, Figure 3-209 (B). It

will be connected to port J2. 16 Remove the cables running through the top and bottom cable clamps in the light board

assembly, Figure 3-209 (C). 17 Remove the light board assembly from the marquee and set it aside on a flat, non-abrasive

surface, Figure 3-210. Figure 3-210 Remove light board assembly.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 124

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 18 Looking in to the marquee, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove and save the two screws

securing the tower light to the top of the marquee, Figure 3-211 (A). Figure 3-211 Remove screws securing tower light.

B

A

A

19 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove and save the 8-32 Keps nut securing the tower light

ground braid to the marquee mounting bracket, Figure 3-211 (B). 20 Route the tower light power cable and ground braid through the top and the marquee stand. 21 Remove the tower light, tower light power cable, and ground braid from the marquee and

discard it, Figure 3-212. Figure 3-212 Remove tower light.

22 Locate the new tower light.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 125

23 Position the new tower light on the marquee, Figure 3-213. Figure 3-213 Position new tower light on marquee.

24 Position the marquee on the cabinet. 25 Route the tower light power cable and ground braid down through the top and the marquee

stand. 26 Looking in to the marquee, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the two screws securing

the tower light to the top of the marquee, Figure 3-211 (B). 27 Position the light board assembly on the marquee, Figure 3-214. Figure 3-214 Reinstall light board assembly.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 126

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 28 Route the cables running through the top and bottom cable clamps in the light board

assembly, Figure 3-215 (A). Figure 3-215 Tighten screws securing light board to marquee.

A C C

C C

B C

29 Connect the power cable connected to the bottom right light board, Figure 3-215 (B). It will

be connected to port J2. 30 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the four 8-32 screws securing the light board

assembly to the marquee, Figure 3-215 (C). 31 Locate the front bezel assembly.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 127

32 Secure the ground braid to the mounting stud on the front bezel assembly,

Figure 3-216 (A). Figure 3-216 Position front bezel assembly on to marquee.

B

B

A

33 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the nut securing the ground braid to the front bezel

assembly. 34 Connect the top and bottom 10-pin cables connected to the emotive light boards on the

front bezel assembly, Figure 3-216 (B). 35 Position the front bezel assembly on the marquee.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 128

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 36 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the four screws securing the front bezel to the

marquee assembly, Figure 3-217 (A). Figure 3-217 Tighten four screws securing front bezel to marquee assembly.

A

A

A

A

37 Connect the emotive lighting cable to the marquee. 38 Connect the 6-pin tower light cable to the 6-pin connector in the top. 39 Confirm the power is ON. 40 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 41 Reinstall the main LCD.

For Blade s23, reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-23 for more details. For Blade s32, reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s32 on page 3-27 for more details 42 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-10 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 129

Installing the Steps for installing the marquee on a Blade s23 or Blade s32 cabinet are as follows. Marquee Installing the Marquee on a Blade s23 Complete the following procedure to install the marquee on a Blade s23.

WARNING Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 3-5.

1 If applicable, open and unlock the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33. 2 If applicable, open and unlock the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main

Door on page 1-41. 3 If applicable, confirm the power is OFF. 4 If applicable, remove the side panel to expose the emotive lighting controller. 5 Remove the secondary LCD. Reference Removing the Secondary LCD from a Blade s32

on page 3-17 for more details. 6 Locate the marquee mount assembly. 7 Position the marquee mount assembly outside the opening on the back of the cabinet,

Figure 3-218. Figure 3-218 Position marquee mount assembly inside cabinet.

8 Secure the marquee mount assembly by using a #2 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the four

screws. 9 Position the marquee on the marquee mount assembly. 10 Route the 6-pin tower light power cable, marquee power cable, marquee emotive cable, and

ground braid through the middle hole in the center of the top of the accessory top. 11 Inside the marquee, using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the four 1/4-inch x 20 nuts securing

the marquee to the marquee mount assembly, Figure 3-219 (A). Figure 3-219 Secure marquee to marquee mount assembly (left) and tower light to marquee (right).

A

A

A

A

B

B

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 130

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 12 From inside the marquee, using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the two 1/4-inch x 20 nuts

securing the tower light to the marquee, Figure 3-219 (B). 13 Connect the 6-pin tower light power cable to the 6-pin connector in the top. 14 Secure the ground braid to the mounting stud on the front bezel assembly,

Figure 3-220 (A). Figure 3-220 Position front bezel assembly on to marquee.

B

B

A

15 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the nut securing the ground braid to the front bezel

assembly. 16 Connect the top and bottom 10-pin cables connected to the emotive light boards on the

front bezel assembly, Figure 3-220 (B). 17 Position the front bezel assembly on the marquee.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 131

18 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the four screws securing the front bezel to the

marquee assembly, Figure 3-221 (A). Figure 3-221 Tighten four screws securing front bezel to marquee assembly.

A

A

A

A

19 Confirm the power is ON. 20 Reinstall the secondary LCD. Reference Installing the Secondary LCD in a Blade s23 on

page 3-14 for more details. 21 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 22 Reinstall the main LCD. Reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s23 on page 3-23 for

more details. 23 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-10 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 132

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance Blade s32 Complete the following procedure to install the marquee only on a Blade s32 cabinet.

WARNING Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 3-5.

1 If applicable, remove the side panel to expose the emotive lighting controller. 2 Locate the marquee mount assembly. 3 Position the marquee mount assembly, Figure 3-222 (A), inside the opening on the back of

the cabinet, Figure 3-222 (B). Figure 3-222 Position marquee mount assembly on back of cabinet.

B

B

A

A

4 Using a 7/16-inch nut driver, tighten the four 1/4-inch x 20 nuts to secure the marquee

mount assembly to the top of the cabinet, Figure 3-223 (A). Figure 3-223 Screw locations: marquee mount assembly (left) and bottom of marquee (right).

B

A

B B

B

A

A A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

B

B

B

B

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 133

5 Position the marquee on the marquee mount assembly, Figure 3-224, and using a 7/16-inch

nut driver, tighten the four 1/4-inch x 20 nuts to secure the marquee to the marquee mount assembly, Figure 3-224 (B). Figure 3-224 Position marquee on marquee mount assembly.

6 Connect the 6-pin tower light power cable to the 6-pin connector. 7 Connect the ground braid. 8 Connect the emotive lighting cable to the emotive lighting controller. 9 Secure the ground braid to the mounting stud on the front bezel assembly,

Figure 3-225 (A). Figure 3-225 Position front bezel assembly on to marquee.

B

B

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 134

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 10 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the nut securing the ground braid to the front bezel

assembly. 11 Connect the top and bottom 10-pin cables connected to the emotive light boards on the

front bezel assembly, Figure 3-225 (B). 12 Position the front bezel assembly on the marquee. 13 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the four screws securing the front bezel to the

marquee assembly, Figure 3-226 (A). Figure 3-226 Tighten four screws securing front bezel to marquee assembly.

A

A

A

A

14 Confirm the power is ON. 15 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 16 Reinstall the main LCD. Reference Installing the Main LCD in a Blade s32 on page 3-27 for

more details. 17 Reinstall the dual LCD bezel assembly. Reference Installing the Dual LCD Bezel Assembly

on page 3-10 for more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 135

Replacing Artwork Complete the following procedure to replace artwork in the marquee: in the Marquee (Blade s23 and WARNING Blade s32) Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5. 1 Confirm that the power is OFF. 2 Carefully standing on a ladder or step ladder, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove and

save the four #8 thread-forming screws on the back of the marquee, Figure 3-227. Figure 3-227 Remove screws securing back of the marquee.

3 Holding the front of the marquee, lower it slightly and disconnect the top and bottom 10-pin

emotive cables connected to the emotive light boards on the front bezel assembly, Figure 3-228 (A). Figure 3-228 Disconnect front bezel cables.

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 136

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 4 Using a #1 Phillips screwdriver, remove and save the four #4 thread-forming screws

securing the artwork to the front bezel, Figure 3-229 (A). Figure 3-229 Remove screws securing artwork to front bezel.

A

A

A

A

5 Remove the artwork from the front bezel. 6 Install the new artwork on the front bezel, Figure 3-230 (A). Figure 3-230 Install new marquee artwork. A

7 Using a #1 Phillips screwdriver, secure the artwork to the front bezel with the four #4

thread-forming screws removed in step 4, Figure 3-229 (A). 8 Connect the top and bottom 10-pin cables to connect the front bezel assembly to the

marquee assembly, Figure 3-228 (A). 9 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, secure the front bezel assembly to the back of the marquee

by securing the four #8 thread-forming screws removed in step 2 to the four holes on the back of the marquee, Figure 3-227.

CAUTION Do not use more than 10 pounds of pressure on the screws securing the front bezel assembly to the back of the marquee. Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 137

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the marquee light boards. Marquee Light Boards WARNING (Blade s23 and Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5. Blade s32) 1 Confirm that the game is OFF. 2 Carefully standing on a ladder or step ladder, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove and

save the four #8 thread-forming screws on the back of the marquee, Figure 3-231. Figure 3-231 Remove screws securing back of marquee.

3 Holding the front of the marquee, lower it slightly and disconnect the top and bottom 10-pin

cables connecting the front bezel to the marquee assembly, Figure 3-232 (A). Figure 3-232 Disconnect emotive light board cables.

A

A

4 Set the front bezel assembly on a flat, non-abrasive surface.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 138

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 5 Disconnect the two power cables connected to the marquee light board that needs to be

replaced, Figure 3-233 (A). For this procedure, the middle marquee light board will be used as an example. Figure 3-233 Disconnect marquee light board cables.

A

A

6 Carefully free the marquee light board from the mounting studs, Figure 3-234. Use both

hands to lift the light board from the middle, and ensure not to excessively bend the light board. Figure 3-234 Remove marquee light board.

7 Secure the new light board to the mounting studs from which the old light board was

removed. Use both hands to push down on the light board from the middle. Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 139

8 Connect the two marquee light board power cables that were disconnected in step 5,

Figure 3-235 (A). Figure 3-235 Connect marquee light board cables.

A

A

9 Holding the front of the marquee, raise it and connect the top and bottom 10-pin emotive

cables to the connectors in the emotive light boards on the front bezel assembly, Figure 3-236 (A). Figure 3-236 Connect emotive light board cables.

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 140

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 10 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, secure the four #8 thread-forming screws removed in step 2

to the back of the marquee, Figure 3-237. Figure 3-237 Secure front bezel to the back of marquee.

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the marquee lenses. Marquee Lenses (Blade s23 and WARNING Blade s32) Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5. 1 Identify the defective marquee lens. 2 While standing on a step ladder, carefully pull the marquee lens away from the marquee

chrome bezel, Figure 3-238. Figure 3-238 Marquee lenses.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 141

3 Replace the marquee lens with a new lens by inserting the new lens into the space from

which the defective marquee lens was removed, Figure 3-239. Figure 3-239 Replace marquee lenses. A

Replacing the Complete the following procedure to replace the top or bottom emotive light board in the Marquee Emotive marquee. Light Boards (Blade s 23 and WARNING Blade s32) Observe all appropriate ladder safety precautions listed in Ladder Safety (All) on page 5. 1 Carefully stand on a ladder or step ladder to allow access to the back of the game and

marquee. 2 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove and save the four screws securing the front bezel to

the marquee Assembly, Figure 3-240 (A). Figure 3-240 Remove screws.

A

A

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 142

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 3 Slowly, partially remove the front bezel assembly from the marquee, Figure 3-241. Figure 3-241 Remove front bezel assembly.

A

A

B

4 Disconnect the top and bottom 10-pin cables connected to the emotive light boards on front

bezel assembly, Figure 3-241 (A). 5 Using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove and save the nut securing the ground braid to the

front bezel assembly. 6 Remove the ground braid from the mounting stud on the front bezel assembly,

Figure 3-241 (B). 7 Set the front bezel assembly aside on a flat, non-abrasive surface.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 143

8 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove and save the three 6-32 screws securing the top or

bottom emotive light board, Figure 3-242 (A). Figure 3-242 Remove emotive light board.

A

A A

A A

A

9 Remove the emotive light board from the front bezel assembly. 10 Install the new emotive light board in the position from which the old emotive light board

was removed. 11 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, secure the top or bottom emotive light board to the front

bezel assembly with the three 6-32 screws removed in step 8, Figure 3-242 (A).

NOTE The top emotive light board has the following dip switch settings: 

1 ON



2-8 OFF

The bottom emotive light board has the following dip switch settings: 

1-3 ON



4-8 OFF

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 144

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance 12 Raise the front bezel assembly to the marquee and, using an 11/32-inch nut driver, secure

the marquee ground braid to the front bezel assembly using the nut removed in step 5, Figure 3-243 (A). Figure 3-243 Secure front bezel assembly.

A

B

B

13 Connect the emotive cables removed in step 4 to the top and bottom 10-pin connectors in

the emotive light boards on the front bezel assembly, Figure 3-243 (B). 14 Mount the front bezel assembly to the marquee Assembly, Figure 3-243.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Tower Light and Marquee Maintenance

3 - 145

15 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, secure the front bezel to the marquee assembly using the

four screws removed in step 2, Figure 3-244 (A). Figure 3-244 Secure front bezel.

A

A

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 146 Installing the Foot Rest (All)

Installing the Foot Rest (All) This section contains procedures for removal and installation of the foot rest in the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Removing the Complete the following steps to remove the foot rest. Foot Rest 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Unlock, open, and remove the drop door. Reference Unlocking, Opening and Removing the

Drop Door on page 1-44 for more details. 5 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the four screws securing the foot rest to the bottom

of the cabinet, Figure 3-245 (A). Figure 3-245 Remove screws securing foot rest.

A A

A A

6 Lift the foot rest away from the cabinet. 7 Turn the foot rest over, and using an 11/32-inch nut driver, remove the six nuts,

Figure 3-246 (A), securing the sheet metal to the foot rest. Figure 3-246 Remove screws securing sheet metal to foot rest (underside of foot rest).

A

A

A

A

A A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Installing the Foot Rest (All)

3 - 147

Installing the Complete the following steps to install the foot rest. Foot Rest 1 Turn the foot rest over, and using an 11/32-inch nut driver, tighten the six nuts, Figure 3-247 (A), securing the sheet metal to the foot rest. Figure 3-247 Tighten screws securing sheet metal to foot rest (underside of foot rest).

A

A

A

A

A A

2 Position the foot rest on the cabinet. 3 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, tighten the four screws securing the foot rest to the bottom

of the cabinet, Figure 3-248 (A). Figure 3-248 Tighten screws securing foot rest.

A

A

A

A

4 Install, close, and lock the drop door. Reference Installing, Closing and Locking the Drop

Door on page 1-45 for more details. 5 Confirm the power is ON. 6 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 7 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 148 Cashbox (All)

Cashbox (All) The cashbox is located behind the cashbox access door and can be removed by the Drop crew. Reference Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize Gaming Machine (All) on page 1-10 for more details.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Removing the Complete the following steps to remove the cashbox. Cashbox 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the cashbox door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Cashbox

Access Door on page 1-46 for more details. 3 Grasp the handle and pull the cashbox out of the cashbox housing, Figure 3-249. Figure 3-249 Pull cashbox out of housing (Blade s23 shown).

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Cashbox (All)

3 - 149

Installing the To install the cashbox, grasp the handle and insert the cashbox into the cashbox housing, Cashbox Figure 3-250. Figure 3-250 Insert cashbox in housing (Blade s23 shown).

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 150 Player Tracking System Tray (All)

Player Tracking System Tray (All) This section describes how to remove and install the Player Tracking System Tray in the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape game cabinets.

NOTE The information in this section pertains to both the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape.

ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page B-3.

Removing the The player tracking system can be removed by Attendants (non-technical maintenance) and Player Tracking Service technicians (technical maintenance); for more information on role definitions, see System Tray Safety: Guidance on Definitions of Roles for Personnel that Repair, Maintain, and Patronize Gaming Machine (All) on page 1-10. Complete the following steps to remove the player tracking system tray. 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on

page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Gently pull the printer forward, but not out of the cabinet, Figure 3-251, to give the player

tracking tray clearance when removing. Figure 3-251 Pull printer forward (belly door removed for clarity).

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Player Tracking System Tray (All)

3 - 151

5 If applicable, remove the ground wire from the player tracking system to the grounding stud

located under the player tracking tray, Figure 3-252. Figure 3-252 If applicable, remove ground wire from grounding stud.

A

6 Release the cable channel, Figure 3-253 (A), by pulling off the velcro securing it to the

cabinet from the inside of the channel, and pushing it up and out of the way. Figure 3-253 Push cable channel out of the way.

A

7 Move the cable bundle out of the way for removal of the player tracking tray.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 152

Player Tracking System Tray (All) 8 Release the player tracking tray by pulling up on the PEM nut securing the player tracking

system tray to the ebox top panel, Figure 3-254 (A). Figure 3-254 Pull up on PEM nut securing player tracking system (main door removed for clarity).

A

9 Slide the player tracking system tray to the left. 10 Fold the formex cover down, gently slide the player tracking system tray over the top of it,

and then pull the tray out of the cabinet and set it aside, Figure 3-255. Figure 3-255 Remove player tracking system tray from cabinet (main door removed for clarity).

11 If applicable, disconnect any cables from the player tracking components and remove any

loose cables through the cable clamps.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Player Tracking System Tray (All)

3 - 153

Installing the Complete the following steps to install the player tracking system tray. Player Tracking System Tray WARNING To avoid damage, all cables must be secured and clear of the player tracking system tray when it is installed in the game.

1 If applicable, connect/reconnect any cables to the player tracking components and secure

any loose cables in cable clamps. 2 Locate the player tracking system tray. 3 Ensuring that no cables are damaged, slide the player tracking system tray over the top of

the formex cover and into the cabinet, Figure 3-256, folding the formex cover up. Figure 3-256 Slide player tracking system tray into cabinet (main door removed for clarity).

4 Slide the player tracking system tray to the right until the pem locks into place,

Figure 3-150 (A). Figure 3-257 Player tracking system tray in place and pem closeup (main door removed for clarity).

A

5 Move the cable bundle into position.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 154

Player Tracking System Tray (All) 6 Secure the cable channel, Figure 3-258 (A), by adhering the velcro to the cable from the

inside of the channel. Figure 3-258 Secure cable channel to cable.

A

7 If applicable, ground the player tracking system by running a ground wire from the player

tracking system to the grounding stud located under the player tracking tray, Figure 3-259. Figure 3-259 If applicable, run ground wire from player tracking system to grounding stud.

A

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Player Tracking System Tray (All)

3 - 155

8 Gently tilt the printer up and push it into the printer housing, Figure 3-260. Figure 3-260 Tilt printer up and push into printer housing (main door removed for clarity).

9 Confirm the power is ON. 10 Close and lock the main door. Reference Closing and Locking the Main Door on page 1-42

for more details. 11 Close and lock the belly door. Reference Closing and Locking the Belly Door - Blade s23

and Blade s32 on page 1-37 for more details.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 156

Removing and Installing the Side Panels

Removing and Installing the Side Panels

This section explains how to remove and install the side panels on the Blade s23, the Blade s32, and the Gamescape cabinets.

Blade s23 The side panels on the Blade s23 are removable. Each side panel is comprised of two sections, Figure 3-261. Figure 3-261 Blade s23 side panel.

Complete the following steps to remove the side panels on the Blade s23. 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on

page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. 3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Remove the printer. Reference Removing and Reinstalling the Printer on page 3-69 for

more details.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Removing and Installing the Side Panels

3 - 157

5 From the inside of the accessory top, using an 11/32-inch nut driver with a 7-inch extension,

remove the three 8-32 Keps nuts, Figure 3-262 (A), securing the top corner side panel, Figure 3-262 (B). Figure 3-262 Access Keps nuts from inside accessory top (top) and view of screw locations on front of top side panel (bottom).

A B

A

A

A

A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 158

Removing and Installing the Side Panels 6 Lift the top corner side panel away from the game cabinet, Figure 3-263 (A), and set aside.

Repeat with the other side panel. Figure 3-263 Remove small corner side panel.

7 To remove the chrome wings, Figure 3-264 (A), located on either side of the accessory top,

facing the back of the cabinet, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the four screws (eight total), Figure 3-264 (B), securing the chrome wings. Figure 3-264 Chrome wings (top), remove screws (center), and accessory top with wings removed (bottom). B B

A

B

A B

B

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

B

B

B

Removing and Installing the Side Panels

3 - 159

8 Carefully push on the chrome wing and then pull it towards you in a swooping motion to lift

away from the accessory top. Repeat on the following side. 9 Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, remove the three Panhead screws securing the bottom side

panels, Figure 3-265 (A), by accessing them through the inside of the base game cabinet. Figure 3-265 Access three panhead screws from inside game (top) and view of screw locations from front of side panel (bottom).

A A

A

A

A

A

A

A A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 160

Removing and Installing the Side Panels 10 Lift up on the side panel and slide straight back, Figure 3-266. Figure 3-266 Remove left side panel to access emotive lighting controller assembly.

11 Lift up on the side panel and slide straight back. 12 Place the side panel aside. 13 If applicable, repeat with the other side panel.

Blade s32 The side panels on the Blade s32 are removable. Each side panel is comprised of three sections, Figure 3-267. Figure 3-267 Three sections of side panel.

Complete the following steps to remove the side panels on the Blade s32. 1 Unlock and open the belly door. Reference Gamescape on

page 1-33 for more details. 2 Unlock and open the main door. Reference Unlocking and Opening the Main Door on

page 1-41 for more details. Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Removing and Installing the Side Panels

3 - 161

3 Confirm the power is OFF. 4 Remove the printer. Reference Removing and Reinstalling the Printer on page 3-69 for

more details. 5 Remove plastic upper swoosh (image to follow). 6 From the inside of the accessory top, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver with a 7-inch

extension, remove the three 8-32 Keps nuts, Figure 3-268 (A), securing the small corner side panel. Figure 3-268 Three Keps nut locations for small corner side panel.

A A

A

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

3 - 162

Removing and Installing the Side Panels 7 From the inside of the cabinet, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver with a 7-inch extension,

remove the two 8-32 Keps nuts, Figure 3-269 (A), securing the middle side panel, and the three 8-32 Keps nuts, Figure 3-269 (B), securing the bottom side panel. Figure 3-269 Keps nut locations.

A

A

B

B

B

8 Lift up on the two side panels and slide straight back. 9 Place the side panels aside. 10 If applicable, repeat with the other side panel.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Troubleshooting Overview

The purpose of this chapter is to serve as a reference for basic troubleshooting of the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape cabinets.

4

For tilt codes, tower light codes, and all diagnostic procedures, reference the Troubleshooting chapter of the Service Manual 16-020832: CPU-NXT, CPU-NXT2, CPU-NXT3 Operating System (OS).

Preventing Injury and Damage

Depending on the procedure, measures must be taken to prevent electrical shock and/or electrostatic discharge (ESD) when servicing the game. ESD Observe all appropriate safety and ESD precautions listed in Preventing Injury and Damage on page 3.

Table of Contents

In this chapter: Overview ........................................................................................................................... 4-1 Preventing Injury and Damage........................................................................................ 4-1 Table of Contents ............................................................................................................. 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting ......................................................................................... 4-2 Gamescape Troubleshooting .......................................................................................... 4-9

Service Manual & User Guide: Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape 1445543 - May 27, 2016 TecDoc14A - Beta1

4-2

Basic Game Troubleshooting

Basic Game Troubleshooting

Reference Table 4-1 for a list of basic troubleshooting steps. Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting. Game Condition

Troubleshooting Steps

The game is plugged in and the Main LCD is blacked out.

1

Verify that there is no physical damage to the LCD.

2

Verify the power cable is connected to the Main LCD.

3

Verify the DVI Cable connection from the CPU to the primary LCD, or, depending on the theme, check the VGA to DVI Cable connection from the CPU to the LCD.

4

Verify the LED on the back of the LCD is illuminated. If it is not illuminated, verify that the LCD is receiving power and that the power cables are plugged into the monitor.

5

Verify that the LED on the back of the LCD is green, if it is illuminated. If it is amber, the LCD is not receiving signal and both DVI connections need to be properly installed and secured.

6

Verify that the power button on the LCD is in the ON position.

7

Swap the connection from the secondary LCD to the Main LCD at the CPU and reboot the system. Identify if the problem follows the LCD cable connections or the CPU.

8

Check the LCD fuse (for Video only).

9

Verify that the CPU is receiving power.

10 Disconnect all CPU connections and reseat the CPU. 11 Verify that the CPU Bulkhead Board is properly latched. 12 Verify that the BIOS and SPI Chips are properly installed in the CPU assembly and have no bent, broken, or damaged pins. 13 Replace the video cable. 14 Replace the blacked out LCD if it was determined to be the cause of no video. Verify that the LED indicators are ON/OFF first and if video and power are applied. 15 Replace the CPU if it was determined to be the cause of no video. 16 Replace the Power Supply if it was determined to be the cause of no video. 17 Confirm that the NXT CPU module is receiving power and the CPU Fan is spinning. 18 Replace the Bulkhead Board.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Basic Game Troubleshooting

4-3

Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting. Game Condition

Troubleshooting Steps

The game is plugged in and the Crown LCD is blacked out.

1

Verify that there is no physical damage to the LCD.

2

Verify the power cable is connected to the Crown LCD.

3

Verify that the power connections for the secondary LCD are properly mated.

4

Verify that both ends of the DVI cable are properly connected to the CPU and LCD.

5

Verify the LED on the back of the Crown LCD is illuminated. If it is not illuminated, verify that the Crown LCD is receiving power and that the power cables are plugged into the monitor.

6

if the LED on the back of the Crown LCD is not illuminated, check the LCD Fuse.

7

Verify that the power button on the LCD is in the ON position.

8

Swap the connection from the secondary LCD to the Main LCD at the CPU and reboot the system. Identify if the problem follows the LCD cable connections or the CPU.

9

Disconnect all CPU connections and reseat the CPU.

10 Verify that the power cable is plugged into the CPU and that the CPU is receiving power. 11 Verify that the LED on the back of the Crown LCD is green, if it is illuminated. If it is amber, the LCD is not receiving signal and both DVI connections need to be properly installed and secured. 12 Verify the Power Cable is connected to the Crown LCD and to the Power Supply. 13 Reseat the CPU. 14 Disconnect all CPU connections and reseat the CPU in the Bulkhead Board Assembly. Ensure that the CPU Bulkhead Board is properly latched. Reboot the game. 15 Verify that the BIOS and SPI Chips are properly installed in the CPU assembly and have no bent, broken, or damaged pins. 16 Replace the video cable. 17 Replace the blacked out LCD if it was determined to be the cause of no video. Verify that the LED indicators are ON/OFF first and if video and power are applied. 18 Replace the CPU if it was determined to be the cause of no video. 19 Replace the Power Supply if it was determined to be the cause of no video. 20 Confirm that the NXT CPU module is receiving power and the CPU Fan is spinning. 21 Replace the Bulkhead Board.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

4-4

Basic Game Troubleshooting Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting. Game Condition

Troubleshooting Steps

The game is plugged in and both LCDs are blacked out.

1

Verify that there is no physical damage to the LCDs.

2

Verify that the video connections are properly mated to the CPU and to the LCDs.

3

Verify the LED on the back of the LCD is illuminated. If it is not illuminated, verify that the LCD is receiving power and that the power cables are plugged into the monitor.

4

Verify that the power cables are properly mated between the LCDs and the LCD power sources.

5

Verify that the CPU is receiving power and has an illuminated LED.

6

Verify that the Bulkhead Board is receiving power and has an illuminated LED.

7

Verify that the Emotive Lighting Components are receiving power.

8

Check the LCD Fuses and replace if necessary.

9

Disconnect all CPU connections and reseat the CPU in the Bulkhead Board Assembly. Ensure that the CPU Bulkhead Board is properly latched. Reboot the game.

10 Verify the DVI Cable connection from the CPU to the primary LCD, or, depending on the theme, check the VGA to DVI Cable connection from the CPU to the LCD. 11 Replace applicable LCD cables. 12 Replace applicable LCD Fuses. 13 Verify the Power Cable is connected to the LCD and to the Power Supply. 14 Replace the blacked out LCD. Verify that the LED indicators are ON/OFF first and if video and power are applied. 15 Replace the CPU if it was determined to be the cause of no video. 16 Replace the Power Supply if it was determined to be the cause of no video. 17 Confirm that the NXT CPU module is receiving power and the CPU Fan is spinning. 18 Replace the Bulkhead Board if it was determined to be the cause of no video. Chirping Switch and Unexpected Open/Close events are appearing in the Event History, as well as in the Host back-end logs.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

1

Reference the Troubleshooting chapter of the Service Manual 16-020832: CPU-NXT, CPU-NXT2, CPU-NXT3 Operating Systems (OS).

2

Reseat the CPU.

3

Verify the Door/Key Switch cable is connected to J10 on the Bulkhead Board.

4

Visually inspect all harness/terminators for any damage such as scraped insulation, exposed bare wire, pinched or discolored wires.

5

Verify that the Player Tracking connections are secure.

6

Verify the connection to the suspect switch is secure.

7

Check the connectors and terminators for any loose connections at all terminations.

Basic Game Troubleshooting

4-5

Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting. Game Condition

Troubleshooting Steps

No sound from sound system

No Sound: 1

Verify all connections to speakers and/or Audio Amplifier.

2

Verify that the SPDIF connecter is fully seated at the CPU and the Audio Amplifier.

3

Verify that no cables are damaged.

4

Verify that the power cable is mated between the amplifier and the amplifier power source and is not damaged.

5

Verify that the speaker cable (the amplifier output) is mated to the amplifier and is not damaged.

6

Verify that the speakers (the subwoofer and two satellite speakers) are mated to the cables.

7

Verify that the power cable is plugged into the CPU.

8

Reseat the CPU in the Bulkhead Board Assembly and ensure that the CPU Bulkhead Board is properly latched. Reboot the system.

9

Verify that the BIOS and SPI Chips are properly installed in the CPU assembly and have no bent, broken, or damaged pins.

10 Replace the Amplifier if it was determined to be the cause of no sound. 11 Replace the Power Supply if it was determined to be the cause of no sound. 12 Replace the Power Distribution Board if it was determined to be the cause of no sound. 13 Replace the CPU if it was determined to be the cause of no sound. 14 Replace necessary speakers and/or Audio Amplifier. Malfunctioning Speaker Assembly

Malfunctioning Audio Amplifier

If only one of the three speaker assembles (one subwoofer and two satellite speakers) is not functioning: 1

Ensure that the cable extending from the amplifier is connected to the speaker.

2

Inspect the connections at the speaker assembly that is exhibiting the problem. If the connections or wires are damaged, replace the speaker assembly.

3

Inspect the cable the connects between the Amplifier and speaker assemblies. Replace the cable is damaged.

4

If all three speakers are malfunctioning, verify that the connection from the CPU to the Amplifier is not damaged. Adjust the SPDIF cable at the CPU to determine if it corrects the malfunctioning audio.

5

Verify that the connections from the speakers to the amplifier are plugged in and not damaged.

1

Verify that the amplifier is mated to a power source, is receiving 24V DC, and that the connections are not damaged.

2

Verify that the SPDIF connections at the Amplifier and the CPU are properly seated and are not damaged.

3

Verify that all speaker connections are properly mated and are not damaged.

4

Adjust the SPDIF connections at the Amplifier and identify if this alters audio functionality.

5

Adjust the SPDIF connections at the CPU and identify if this alters audio functionality.

6

Replace applicable cables if they were determined to be the cause of the malfunctioning Audio Amplifier.

7

Replace the Amplifier if it was determined to be the cause of the malfunctioning audio.

8

Replace the power source (Power Supply, Power Distribution Board) if it was determined to be the cause of the malfunctioning Audio Amplifier

9

Replace the CPU if it was determined to be the cause of the malfunctioning audio.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

4-6

Basic Game Troubleshooting Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting. Game Condition

Troubleshooting Steps

No player tracking communication to the back end, Host Comm error, or Protocol error.

1

Configure the game options.

2

Configure the player tracking options on both the game and the back end.

3

Verify the +5V DC connection on the Bulkhead Board from the Power Supply.

4

Check the LED power lights on the Bulkhead Board.

5

Verify the harness connection for the SMIB to Com Ports 1 and 2 on the Bulkhead Board.

6

Replace the game Power Supply.

7

Perform the following:



Replace the harness from the backplane to the SMIB



Check all connections on the SMIB



Replace the SMIB Power Supply



RAM Clear the SMIB

8

Replace the SMIB.

1

Replace the BIOS Firmware.

2

Replace the SPI Firmware.

3

Replace both pieces of firmware at the same time.

4

Replace the CPU.

1

Verify that the connections for the Power Cord, between the Power Supply and casino junction box, are properly mated and are not damaged.

2

Disconnect all connections to the CPU and remove the CPU from the Bulkhead Board assembly. Verify that the BIOS and SPI Chips do not have bent, broken, or damaged pins. If they do, replace the Chips. Verify that the BIOS and SPI Chips are properly installed.

3

Verify that there are no bent or damaged pins on the CPU or Bulkhead Board CPU interface.

4

Reinstall the CPU.

5

Verify that the CPU is properly seated in the Bulkhead Board assembly and that the CPU/Bulkhead Board latch is properly secured and that all connections are made to the CPU.

6

Disconnect the power connections from the Power Supply to the Bulkhead Board at the Bulkhead Board. Verify if the Power Supply continues to reboot repeatedly.

7

If the Power Supply does not continue to reset itself with these cables disconnected, reconnect the cables one at a time until the system resumes rebooting repeatedly. Replace the cables determined to be responsible for the rebooting.

8

If the Power Supply continues to reset itself, disconnect the two auxiliary connections at the Power Supply. Reinstall each cable one at a time until the system resumes rebooting repeatedly. Inspect the cables and peripheral components that utilize these power connections for damages.

9

If step 6 through step 8 do not work, disconnect the following connections at the Bulkhead Board to see if the reboot issue has stopped: USB Hub Power Power Distribution Board Power Printer Bill Validator Tower Lamp Then reinstall the cables one at a time to determine if they are the cause of the rebooting.

Game comes up with a double call attendant window or No Trigger errors.

Game reboots repeatedly.

10 Replace applicable cables and/or assemblies that are causing rebooting. 11 Replace the Power Supply if it is determined to be causing the rebooting. 12 Replace the CPU if it is determined to be causing the rebooting.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Basic Game Troubleshooting

4-7

Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting. Game Condition

Troubleshooting Steps

Game is not booting up all the way.

1

Verify the size of the RAM card on the CPU.

2

Replace the RAM card.

3

Replace the game CompactFlash card.

4

Replace the Operating System (OS) CompactFlash card.

5

Confirm that the BIOS Firmware is properly installed.

6

Replace the BIOS Firmware.

7

Confirm that the SPI Firmware is properly installed.

8

Replace the SPI Firmware.

9

Check for shorts or loose wiring.

10 Replace the Power Supply. 11 Replace the CPU. Game and OS mismatch

Tower Light not functioning

1

Replace the OS CompactFlash Card.

2

Replace the game CompactFlash Card.

3

Replace the CPU.

4

Replace the Bulkhead Board.

1

Verify the Tower Light is connected to the Bulkhead Board.

2

Verify the Tower Light is connected to the Power Distribution Board.

3

Verify that the connection from the Tower Light to the extension cable is mated in the Accessory Box.

4

Verify that the LEDs in the Tower Lamp are properly installed in the Tower Lamp assembly.

5

Verify that the CPU is properly seated in the Bulkhead Board assembly and that the latch is properly secured.

6

Verify that the cables connected between the Bulkhead Board and Power Distribution Board and the Tower Light are not damaged.

7

Replace the Power Distribution Board if it is determined to be causing the Tower Light malfunction.

8

Replace the Bulkhead Board if it is determined to be causing the Tower Light malfunction.

9

Replace the Tower Lamp if it is determined to be causing the Tower Light malfunction.

10 Replace the CPU if it is determined to be causing the Tower Light malfunction. Game does not seem to be receiving power.

Sleeping Forever error.

1

Verify the connection to the outlet.

2

Verify the Power Strip under the game to see if it has been tripped (if applicable).

3

Verify the line cord is connected to the power filter.

4

Replace the power cord.

5

Check the fuse on the Power Supply.

6

Replace the fuse on the Power Supply.

7

Replace Power Supply.

8

Replace the CPU.

1

Perform a RAM Clear.

2

Replace the CPU.

3

Replace the software.

4

Replace the Bulkhead Board.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

4-8

Basic Game Troubleshooting Table 4-1 Basic Game Troubleshooting. Game Condition

Troubleshooting Steps

Game does not reboot properly.

1

Confirm the following:



The LED power lights on the Bulkhead Board are lit



All cables are properly connected



The SPI Firmware is properly installed



With the CPU-NXT3 door open, the four power LEDs are lit (3.3V, 5V, 12V, and 15V)

If power indicator LEDs are not lit, set the game Power Switch to OFF and verify that CPU-NXT3 Board is properly seated.

CPU Fan does not spin.

CPU-NXT3.2x is overheated.

All CPU LEDs (VGA_E, VGA_A, 3.3V, 5V, 12V, and 15V) remain lit for the entire duration the game Power Switch is set to ON.

Display prompts user to use the touch screen to select an action while performing RAM Clear. The two options given are as follows: 

clear NVRAM



clear NVRAM and EPROM



OS and game CompactFlash Cards are installed and fully seated



BIOS Firmware is installed and fully seated

2

Replace the CPU.

1

Confirm that the Power Cable on the CPU Enclosure Fan is properly connected.

2

Replace the CPU Fan.

3

Replace the CPU.

1

Confirm the following:



Power Cable on CPU Enclosure Fan is properly connected.



Fan works.



There is no obstruction.

2

Replace the CPU.

Confirm the following: 

BIOS Firmware is properly installed.



BIOS Firmware is not damaged where connected to the socket.



RAM card is present, properly installed, and free of debris.



RAM is functioning properly by swapping it with a known good RAM Card.



CPU is properly seated.



Power Cord is fully plugged into power filter and outlet.

Confirm the following: 

The RAM Clear CompactFlash card is installed in the OS CompactFlash slot.



SPI Firmware is installed and in the proper orientation.

NOTE: If the SPI was previously installed in the incorrect orientation, it will require a replacement. 

All the pins of the SPI are free of damage and are inserted into their corresponding sockets.

Error Text Displays:

1

Confirm the following:

PREPART DSS Signature Validation failed



The non-conductive battery tabs were removed from the CPU-NXT3 batteries.



The OS and game CompactFlash Cards are installed into their corresponding locations and are fully inserted. Complete the following steps to confirm:

2

Power down the game.

3

Remove the OS and game CompactFlash Cards.

4

Replace the OS and game CompactFlash Cards, ensuring they are securely installed.

5

Power up the game.

1

Check the Emotive Lighting Controller Board Status LEDs.

2

Check the CAT5e Connections to each PCB.

3

Replace non-functioning PCBs.

4

Replace CAT5e Cables.

5

Replace the Emotive Lighting Controller Board.

Emotive Lighting PCBs are not all functioning.

After RAM Clearing, the game won’t load Replace the Button Panel. past Game CompactFlash Card screen and stops loading. Both LCDs display a "NO SYNC" message. Replace the BIOS chip.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Gamescape Troubleshooting

Gamescape Troubleshooting

4-9

Reference Table 4-2 for a list of Gamescape troubleshooting steps. Table 4-2 Gamescape Troubleshooting. Game Condition

Troubleshooting Steps

No sound from soundbar.

1

Confirm the speaker system and subwoofer controlled by audio amp are connected to power.

2

No sound on bottom - confirm the speaker cables above and below have not been swapped.

Blade s23 • Blade s32 • Gamescape May 27, 2016

4 - 10

Gamescape Troubleshooting

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Serviceable Parts & Wiring Diagrams

5

Overview

The purpose of this chapter is to identify select serviceable parts for the Blade s23, Blade s32, and Gamescape cabinets. These parts are current as of the manual publication date and may change without notice.

Table of Contents

In this chapter:

1445543 - May 27, 2016

Overview ........................................................................................................................... 5-1 Table of Contents ...................................................................................... 5-1 Serviceable Parts ...................................................................................... 5-2 Assemblies................................................................................................................... 5-2 Audio Components ...................................................................................................... 5-2 Bezels .......................................................................................................................... 5-2 Brackets ....................................................................................................................... 5-2 Button Panels............................................................................................................... 5-3 Control Subsystem Components (including Backplane).............................................. 5-3 Emotive Lighting .......................................................................................................... 5-3 Electrical Cables .......................................................................................................... 5-4 Emotive Lighting .......................................................................................................... 5-5 Fans ............................................................................................................................. 5-5 LCDs ............................................................................................................................ 5-5 Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................. 5-5 Switches....................................................................................................................... 5-6 Tower Light .................................................................................................................. 5-6 Blade s32 Unique Serviceable Parts ............................................................. 5-7 Gamescape (Willy Wonka) Serviceable Parts ................................................. 5-8 Gamescape Wiring Diagrams ...................................................................... 5-9

Serviceable Parts

5-2 Serviceable Parts

This section contains serviceable parts for the Blade base cabinet.

Assemblies Reference Table 5-1 for assemblies. Table 5-1 Assemblies. Part Number

Description

1446329

assy: lock plate with label

1433807

fan assembly: 12VDC, 70x70x15mm, 6", KKF, with tachometer and fan guard

1431241-001

assy marquee-standard finish

1442212-001

assy: emotive marquee-backlit glass-std finish

1454901

assy: backplane 2.0

1443341

assy: fan tray bp 2.0

1446332

assy: struct

1445187-01

assy: ebox plastic and logo-standard

1433522

assy: oled display sm-white

1433523

asy: oled display lg-white

6651-023761-00-00

fan assy: 12v, 6", 120x120x25mm, mfm

Audio Components Reference Table 5-2 for audio components. Table 5-2 Audio components. Part Number

Description

1438511

audio amplifier assembly, class D, 4 ch output, single-subwfr

1454186

high frequency, titanium cone, satellite speaker module, ggec only

1436538-01

plastic: LH speaker bezel, graphite

1436530-P47

bladexd speaker grill, graphite

Bezels Reference Table 5-3 for bezels. Table 5-3 Bezels. Part Number

Description

1441702-01

assy: Blade XD 23 LCD bezel STD finish

1445021

actr: monitor bezel 23

Brackets Reference Table 5-4 for brackets. Table 5-4 Brackets.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Part Number

Description

1441624-P01

brkt: lg support-marquee-blk wrkl

1437018

brkt: power supply mtg-ebox

Serviceable Parts

5-3

Button Panels Reference Table 5-5 for button panel components. Table 5-5 Button Panel components. Part Number

Description

1445725

button deck pcb cover

1442559-01

assy: button deck blase s23-graphite

1441797

elastomer, alt construction bp

A-1433473

pcba: 13 btn pbp main

1425783

lens: lrg btn-white OLED

1425784

lens: sml btn-white OLED

1433522

assy: oled display sm-white

01-1202009

esd shield sm

01-1202010

gasket: OLED sm

01-1202011

OLED LID SM

1433523

assy: oled display lg-white

01-1202013

gasket: oled lg

01-1202014

esd shield lg

01-1202015

oled lid lg

01-1202001

embossed shield pbp

01-1201985

carrier oled metalized-sn

01-1201987

carrier oled metalized-lg

091-1201982

2.2x8mm torxpanstzncr3

1433230-01

plastic: lower button deck cover-graphite

Control Subsystem Reference Table 5-6 for control subsystem components. Components (including Table 5-6 Control subsystem components. Description Backplane) Part Number 6880-026489-00-00

battery: coin cell, 3V, 24.5mm

1454901

assy: backplane 2.0

Emotive Lighting Reference Table 5-7 for Emotive Lighting components. Table 5-7 Emotive Lighting components. Part Number

Description

A-1101453

pcba:; emu panel, bb3 topper discrete

1443129

pcba: led gi 6" strip II

1439370

pcba: backplane 2.0

1446547

pcba: emu panel, button deck, master, addr 7

1446548

pcba: emu panel, crown, dual master

1443306

pcba: emu panel, side left, linear, slave

1443307

pcba: emu panel, side right, linear, slave

May 27, 2016

5-4

Serviceable Parts

Electrical Cables Table 5-8 lists the serviceable electrical cables in the Blade base cabinet. Reference the Wiring Diagram for more information and the location/purpose of each cable. Table 5-8 Electrical cables.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Part Number

Description

1439769

cbl: bill stacker switch-cabinet

1439772

cbl: printer-cabinet

1439787

cbl: dc dist - emu

1439788

cbl: drop door switch-cabinet

1439789

cbl: belly door switch-cabinet

1439796

cbl: dc power, backplane

1439797

cbl: bill validator

1439798

cbl: bill door switch-cabinet

1441679

cbl: ac dist-ebox

1441693

cbl: emu 3.0 to BP/foot light boards

1441694

cbl: crown input, emu 3.0

1441695

cbl: crown light, side jumpers

1441824

cbl: cab ID, blade 23

1445188

cbl: topper, emu light input

1446171

cbl: dc dist-audio w/ferrite

1446173

cbl: dc dist - lower lcd w/ferrite

1446187

cbl: dc dist - upper lcd w/ferrite

1446194

cbl: top display switch

1446195

cbl: fan, upper cabinet, backplane x

1446196

cbl: blower, lower cabinet, backplane x

1446248

cbl: 3’ displayport cable w/#31 ferrite

1446250

cbl: 5’ displayport cable w/#31 ferrite

1446883

cbl: BPx pts pwr mon adapter

1448047

cbl: 6’ SPDIF cable with one - #31 ferrite

1448101

cbl: marquee extension, emu 3.0

1449402

cbl: dc power, OLED button panel w/ferrite

1449408

cbl: tower light extension

1449761

cbl: Main Door/Admin switch-cabinet

1455043

cbl: speaker dist w/ferrite

HD-1425161

cbl: +12V DC-3PMF-8PMF M/F, 4ft

HD-027625-00-60-005

cbl: rj45 mld, elsync interconnect, 10’

HD-030536-00-08

cbl: +12V DC JMPR-3P srmff, 08in

HS-10581-00-00

cbl: db09 ext 6ft db9

HS-018720-00-06

cbl: s/pdif rca plug/plug, 6ft

HS-018303-00-03

cbl: usb 2.0 a-b, 3ft

HU-1403125

cbl: ac power switch

HS-020861-00-04

cbl: usb 2.0, a-b rt angle, 4ft

HD-022001-00-00

cbl: key switch 4"

Serviceable Parts

5-5

Emotive Lighting Reference Table 5-9 for Emotive Lighting components. Table 5-9 Emotive Lighting components. Part Number

Description

A-1101453

pcba:; emu panel, bb3 topper discrete

1443129

pcba: led gi 6" strip II

1439370

pcba: backplane 2.0

1446547

pcba: emu panel, button deck, master, addr 7

1446548

pcba: emu panel, crown, dual master

1443306

pcba: emu panel, side left, linear, slave

1443307

pcba: emu panel, side right, linear, slave

Fans Reference Table 5-10 for fan components. Table 5-10 Fan components. Part Number

Description

6651-1407547

blower: +24VDC / low alarm lock, 75x75x30 4PF-microfit

1443341

assy: fan tray bp 2.0

LCDs Reference Table 5-11 for LCD components. Table 5-11 LCD components. Part Number

Description

1446600

display: 23"W FHD premium touch LCD w/ODC and displayport 16:9

1446601

display: 23" W FHD premium non-touch LCD w/ODC and displayport, 16:9

Miscellaneous Reference Table 5-12 for Miscellaneous components. Table 5-12 Miscellaneous components. Part Number

Description

1441719

plate: reaction eject

1445488

cam: flt 1.40 x .80 dual mtg

6799-006989-00-10

BRAID: GROUND - #8, #8, 15"

1433325-D15

BLADEXD DECK COVER LEFT - SATIN NICKEL

1436807-D15

BLADEXD DECK COVER RIGHT - SATIN NICKEL

1433248-D01

BLADEXD SWOOP BUTTON DECK FRONT - CHROME

1433234-01

PLASTIC: LOWER RH COVER-GRAPHITE

1437212-01

PLASTIC: RH SPEAKER BEZEL-GRAPHITE

1433250-D01

BLADEXD SWOOP BUTTON DECK RIGHT SIDE - CHROME

1433233-01

PLASTIC: LOWER LH COVER-GRAPHITE

1433249-D01

BLADEXD SWOOP BUTTON DECK LEFT SIDE - CHROME

1444318

4-20X04 PHL PAN

1433059-03

BLADEXD FOOT CENTER BOTTOM FILLER-SATIN SILVER

1433055-03

PLASTIC: FOOT RH SIDE COVER-SATIN SILVER

1433057-03

PLASTIC: FOOT LH SIDE COVER-SATIN SILVER

1436065-01

PLASTIC: FOOT SIDE CAP LH-BLACK

1436064-01

PLASTIC: FOOT SIDE CAP RH-BLACK

6765-1426591

power supply: 750w, multi-output

May 27, 2016

5-6

Serviceable Parts Table 5-12 Miscellaneous components. Part Number

Description

1439454

CVR: POWER SUPPLY COVER

1439541-01

PLASTIC: CASH BOX COVER-GRAPHITE

20-027075-00-00

lock: no key, shpng - lg

1442616

cam: .25 offset x .75W x .06 THK

1442250

SCREW: SHOULDER SCREW 5/16" DIAMETER X 5/8" LONG SHOULDER, 1/4"-20 THREAD

1444342

CLEVIS PIN, 1/2" DIA, .75" L

01-1200789

Cotter Pin - 0.125" wire dia, for 0.5 - 0.75 diameter shaft (ref Mcmaster # 98335A069 or equivalent)

1441511-01

PLASTIC: LEFT SWOOP WING-CHROME

1441512-01

PLASTIC: LEFT SWOOP WING cap -graphite

1441517-01

PLASTIC: right SWOOP WING-CHROME

1441518-01

PLASTIC: right SWOOP WING cap-graphite

01-029340-00-00

grd: fan 4.69" stl

1433230-01

plastic: lower button deck cover-graphite

1445488

cam: flt 1.40 x .80 dual mtg

20-10061-04

spcr: lock 1/4" (.25)

6731-008493-00-00

fuse: 5x20mm, hc, sb, 3.15a, 250v

1452957

tray: player tracking

4006-027320-04

6-32 pin in torx 1/4" lg bh socket cap screw

Switches Reference Table 5-13 for switch components. Table 5-13 Switch components. Part Number

Description

6642-002513-00-00

sw: rocker, dpst, non0illuminate

6643-13204-0-00

sw: momentary w/cheat-interlock

6643-14246-00-00

sw: momentary dpdt interlock

66443-10059-00-00

sw: lck 09.25 term, momentary

Tower Light Reference Table 5-14 for tower light components. Table 5-14 Tower Light components.

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

Part Number

Description

A-1101595

twr lt: led 2 tier bb chrome

20-012686-02-00

pckt: tower light inserts leg bb twr light

Blade s32 Unique Serviceable Parts

Blade s32 Unique Serviceable Parts

5-7

This section contains serviceable parts for the Blade s32 cabinet. Reference Table 5-15. Table 5-15 Blade s32 Unique Serviceable Parts. Part Number

Description

15444395

twr lt: led 2 tier bb chrome

1444396

pckt: tower light inserts leg bb twr light

1446195

cbl: dc dist - Lower LCD

1446249

cbl: dc dist - Upper LCD

1446251

cbl: fan, upper cabinet, backplane x

1448119

cbl: crown input, 8 pin emu 3.0

1448222

cbl: fan, top upper cabinet, backplane x

1448223

cbl: top display switch

HS-015217-00-00

cbl: VGA, low profile, M//M, 6Ft

HS-020861-00-04

cbl: usb 2.0, a-b rt angle, 4 ft

1432832

PCBA: MECHANICAL BUTTON USB INTERFACE III

1448492

LCD, 10.4" LED, multi-touch, DisplayPort, VGA, fully integrated, Alternate Construction Option 1

1448522

BUTTON: SQUARE BUTTON

1448523

BUTTON: ROUND BUTTON

HD-1436767

CBL: 3 BUTTON PANEL, USB INTERFACE

1444390

cbl: CAB ID, BLADE 32

1436761-ALT1

32" Blade s32 display, touchscreen, LG SFM1 panel, 2486 A/D board, DP ESD fixes

1436762-ATL1

32" Blade s32 display, non-touchscreen, LG SFM1 panel, 2486 A/D board, DP ESD fixes

01-027240-00-00

CHAIR MOUNTING BRACKET

1444188

FOOT CENTER COVER - WITH CHAIR

1445397-01

FOOT CENTER-INNER RIGHT COVER (GRAPHITE)

1445396-01

FOOT CENTER-INNER LEFT COVER (GRAPHITE)

May 27, 2016

5-8

Gamescape (Willy Wonka) Serviceable Parts

Gamescape (Willy Wonka) Serviceable Parts

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

This section contains serviceable parts for the Gamescape (Willy Wonka) cabinet. Reference Table 5-16. Table 5-16 Gamescape (Willy Wonka) Serviceable Parts. Part Number

Description

1456358

Assy: leap motion housing

31-1457494-WH-01

World of Wonka Top Box Wheel

6651-028381-00-00

blower assy:+12vdc 75x75x30mm 11" 3pmfm

A-1452773

ASY: 23 WEDGE WHEEL MECH

1448971-01

LCD: TRIPTYCH DISPLAY, 26.5 IN SQUARE LCD, 21.5 IN LCD-STD

A-1455950-01

ASY: MONITOR 42IN LANDSCAPE GS BLACK

A-1455950-02

ASY: MONITOR 42IN LANDSCAPE GS BROWN

Gamescape Wiring Diagrams

Gamescape Wiring Diagrams

5-9

Please reference DOC-0001162 for the Gamescape Mast Wiring diagram and DOC-0001086 for the Gamescape Wiring diagram.

May 27, 2016

5 - 10

Gamescape Wiring Diagrams

Service Manual & User Guide 1445543

SG GAMING

GAMESCAPE SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION GAMESCAPE WIRING DIAGRAM DOC‐0001086   VERSION 

AUTHOR 

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGES 

DATE 

0.1 

V. Mercado 

INITIAL RELEASE 

09/29/15 

0.2 

V. Mercado 

Top box updates 

01/05/16 

0.3 

V. Mercado 

Updated cable list 

01/06/16 

1.0 

V. Mercado 

Release 

01/07/16 

1.1 

V.Mercado 

Release update (updated error on page 3) 

02/10/16 

  1 

 

 

SG Proprietary and Confidential    Wiring Diagram Item Reference

PART NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

CABLE TYPE

1 

1439769 

CBL: BILL STACKER SWITCH‐CABINET 

DC POWER / COMMUNICATION 

2 

1439772 

CBL: PRINTER‐CABINET 

DC POWER / COMMUNICATION 

3 

1439775 

CBL: MAIN DOOR/ADMIN SWITCH‐CABINET 

COMMUNICATION 

4 

1439779 

CBL: TOWER LIGHT EXTENSION 

POWER / COMMUNICATION 

5 

1446165 

CBL: SPEAKER DIST‐CABINET 

POWER / COMMUNICATION 

6 

1439787 

CBL: DC DIST‐ EMU 

DC POWER 

7 

1439788 

CBL: DROP DOOR SWITCH‐CABINET 

COMMUNICATION 

8 

1439789 

CBL: BELLY DOOR SWITCH‐CABINET 

COMMUNICATION 

9 

1439796 

CBL: DC POWER, BACKPLANE 

DC POWER 

10 

1439797 

CBL: BILL VALIDATOR 

POWER / COMMUNICATION 

11 

1439798 

CBL: BILL DOOR SWITCH‐CABINET 

COMMUNICATION 

12 

1446171 

CBL: DC DIST‐ AUDIO 

DC POWER 

13 

1444395 

CBL: DC DIST‐ LOWER LCD 

DC POWER 

14 

1444396  1441693 

CBL: DC DIST‐ UPPER LCD  CBL: EMU 3.0 TO BP/FOOT LIGHT BOARDS 

DC POWER  DC POWER / COMMUNICATION 

15  16 

1448119 

CBL: CROWN INPUT, EMU 3.0 

DC POWER / COMMUNICATION 

17 

1444388 

CBL: DC POWER, BP 2.0 Display 

DC POWER 

18 

1446166 

CBL: DC POWER, BUTTON PANEL 

19 

DC POWER  COMMUNICATION 

1455827 

CBL: jumper, CAB ID, Gamescape 

HD‐1430610 

CBL: METER EXT, 25 IN. 

DC POWER / COMMUNICATION 

21 

HD‐026762‐00‐00 

CBL: 6 MECH METERS‐ASSY 

DC POWER / COMMUNICATION 

24 

1443893 

CBL: BILL ADPT, I‐VIZION, BACKPLANE X 

DC POWER / COMMUNICATION 

25 

1443894 

CBL: BILL ADPT, MEI, BACKPLANE X 

DC POWER / COMMUNICATION 

26 

1457876 

CBL: TOP DISPLAY SWITCH 

COMMUNICATION 

27 

1455162 

CBL: DC PWR, fan & amplifier 

POWER 

28 

1444413 

CBL: PRINTER BEZEL, FRONT 

POWER 

29 

1444415 

CBL: PRINTER BEZEL, FRONT GEN 2/3 

POWER 

30 

1446196 

CBL: BLOWER, LOWER CABINET, BACKPLANE X 

POWER 

31 

1444679 

CBL:" DISPLAYPORT, 6 FOOT 

COMMUNICATION 

32 

1444678 

CBL:" DISPLAYPORT, 4 FOOT 

COMMUNICATION 

33 

HS‐018720‐00‐06 

CBL: S/PDIF RCA PLUG/PLUG, 6FT 

COMMUNICATION 

34 

HS‐018303‐00‐03 

CBL: USB 2.0 A‐B, 3FT 

COMMUNICATION 

 

 

 

 

36 

HD‐025992‐03‐00 

CBL: JCM STD BA BZL ILLUM 

37 

HD‐025991‐01‐00 

CBL: MEI STD BA BZL ILLUM 

DC POWER 

HD‐026001‐00‐00 

CBL: SIGNAL JUMPER, BEZEL 

DC POWER 

HD‐025991‐01‐00 

CBL: MEI STD BA BZL ILLUM 

DC POWER 

HD‐026001‐00‐00 

CBL: SIGNAL JUMPER, BEZEL 

DC POWER 

HD‐025991‐01‐00 

CBL: MEI STD BA BZL ILLUM 

DC POWER 

HD‐026001‐00‐00 

CBL: SIGNAL JUMPER, BEZEL 

DC POWER 

HD‐025991‐01‐00 

CBL: MEI STD BA BZL ILLUM 

DC POWER 

20 

38  39  40  41  42  43 

Copyright 2016. Scientific Games, Confidential & Proprietary Information 

1 | P a g e  

DC POWER 

SG Proprietary and Confidential    44 

HU‐1403125 

CBL: AC POWER SWITCH 

AC POWER 

 

 

 

 

46 

1441679 

CBL: AC DISTRIBUTION‐ EBOX 

AC POWER 

 

 

 

 

48 

HS‐018303‐00‐04 

CBL: USB 2.0, A‐B RT ANGLE, 4 FT 

COMMUNICATION 

49 

HD‐1436767 

CBL: 3 BUTTON PANEL, USB INTERFACE 

COMMUNICATION/POWER (NOT Shown) 

50 

HS‐018720‐00‐15 

CBL: S/PDIF RCA PLUG/PLUG, 1.5FT 

COMMUNICATION 

51 

1457880/1455059 

CBL: 24V DC PWR, LCD 

 

52 

1455060 

CBL: 24V DC PWR, TOP LCD 

 

53 

1455119 

CBL: EMU, EXTENSION, INTERFACE 

COMMUNICATION 

54 

HD‐009861‐00‐03 

cbl: tower lamp ext‐3 ft 

COMMUNICATION 

55 

HD‐023609‐00‐04 

cbl: dc ext‐8pmf‐f/m‐4ft 

 

56 

1455955 

CBL: bottom display switch 

COMMUNICATION 

57 

1455190 

CBL: DC GND REF. 

 

58 

1457880/1455954 

CBL: EMU interface, triptych display 

COMMUNICATION 

59 

1455335 

CBL: Audio, speaker interface, PI 

COMMUNICATION 

60 

1455691 

CBL: Audio, Sound bar, PI 

61 

1455951 

CBL: EMU interface,2ft, Top display 

COMMUNICATION 

62 

1441894 

Cbl: EMU to MC, 7ft 

COMMUNICATION 

63 

1457317 

Cbl: Top Box Comm 

COMMUNICATION 

( found inside Sound bar assembly) 

64 

HS‐018303‐00‐06 

cbl: usb 2.0 a‐b, 6ft 

COMMUNICATION 

65 

1458140 

cbl: USB 3.0, A male to Micro B Male, 3.3ft 

COMMUNICATION 

66 

1457823 

Cbl: EMU, Extension 

COMMUNICATION 

 

  1456090  1456261  1456479  1456482   

  CBL: WONKA PI DC DIST  CBL: WONKA PI WHEEL DC  CBL: WONKA PI WHEEL LED PNL MT  CBL: WONKA WHEEL LED POINTERTO BRD   

 

100  101  102  104   

2 

COMMUNICATION –Not Shown in Block Diagram 

 

Copyright 2016. Scientific Games, Confidential & Proprietary Information 

2 | P a g e  

DC POWER  DC POWER  COMMUNICATION  COMMUNICATION   

SG Proprietary and Confidential   

53

103

Block Diagram Communication

WEDGE LEDS

61 TOP DISPLAY w/ embedded EMU lighting

WHEEL RING LEDS RS-485

59

102 Sound Bar 50

WHEEL BOARD

64

100

WONKA LETTERS

SUB

GAME AUDIO AMPLIFIER TOP

SPDIF

RS-485

34

21.5" HD LCD  Nontouch (1920x1080)

26.5" HD LCD, Non‐touch (1920x1920)

21.5" HD LCD  Nontouch (1920x1080)

[Tovis P/N: LM 265 SQ1‐ SLA]

[Tovis P/N: LM215WF3‐

[Tovis P/N: LM215WF3‐ SLK1]

SLK1]

LED BOARDs

USB Streaming Audio

101

LED BOARDs

33

LED BOARDs

64 66

58

62 TOP BOX CONTROL BRD

101

Touchscreen Controller  (if touch is deemed necessary. Non‐ touch is the current path of record) LED BOARDs

USB USB

100 15

TRIPTYCH DISPLAY SPDIF

Ticket Printer (Serial / USB)

RS-485 USB EMU Controller

Bill Acceptor (Serial / USB)

34 65 LEAP Motion

2

USB

Mechanical Button Panel Interface (USB)

10

SERIAL COM PRINTER

BACKPLANE 2.0 SERIAL COM BILL

BP 2.0 Button Panel (USB)

USB

Top Box = J21 USB 3.0 PORTS Bill Validator =J12

26

Top Display SW

Belly Door

11

GAME SWITCHES J45 Top Box J48 Belly Door J58 6XP J61 Bill Door J62 Aux Logic Door J63 Stacker SW J64 Main Door J69 Drop Door

Bill Door Triptych Display Door

56 Stacker Switch

1

Main Door Drop Door

3 KEYSW0: Attendant 7

USB

PLAYER TRACKING CABINET DOOR SWITCH INPUT CONNECTOR J47

Printer = J5

8

CAB ID J59

19

7 PORT USB HUB

TWR0 TWR1 TWR2 TWR3

Lighting Board

USB

COINOPTO2 (KEYSW2)

Lighting Board

Display Port x1

J10 Key Switches

COINOPTO3 (KEYSW3)

21

METER0 METER1 METER2 METER3 METER4 METER5

METERS = J20

KEYSW1: Supervisory/Diag

3

Meters

20

48

USB

PROGRESSIVE = J18 48

TOWER LAMP = J17

SPN = J3

SERIAL TOUCH = J4

ANALOG AUDIO = J6

LEFT TWEETER

4

100

RIGHT TWEETER

DISPLAY PORT

34 PRIMARY VIDEO

TOP BOX COM

TOP VIDEO

54

Tower Light

31 SUB 32

63

LAN x 2 Display Port x1 RS-232 GAME AUDIO AMPLIFIER BOTTOM 5 31

Display Port x3

3 

   

Copyright 2016. Scientific Games, Confidential & Proprietary Information 

3 | P a g e  

SG Proprietary and Confidential   

DC VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM 3.3VDC

53

61 TOP DISPLAY w/ EMU lighting

5VDC WHEEL RING LIGHTING

5VI 12VDC 15VDC

58 103

6

Sound Bar EMU Controller

COLOR KEY Tower Light

WHEEL WEDGE LIGHT

2 Ticket Printer (Serial / USB)

xx 102

Bill Acceptor (Serial / USB)

PRINTER CABLE

21.5" HD LCD  Nontouch (1920x1080)

[Tovis P/N: LM 265 SQ1‐ SLA]

[Tovis P/N: LM215WF3‐ SLK1]

[Tovis P/N: LM215WF3‐ SLK1]

Touchscreen Controller  (if touch is deemed necessary. Non‐ touch is the current path of record) LED BOARDs

12V or 24V

TOP BOX CONTROL BOARD

26.5" HD LCD, Non‐touch (1920x1920)

40

Insert Bill Blinky Light

10

101

21.5" HD LCD  Nontouch (1920x1080)

LED BOARDs

WHEEL CNTRL BRD

40

Retrieve Ticket Blinky Light

TWR0 TWR1 TWR2 TWR3

LED BOARDs

15

TRIPTYCH DISPLAY

BACKPLANE 2.0 TOP BOX = J12

GAME AUDIO AMPLIFIER BOTTOM

WONKA REAR CAN

12V & 24V

PLAYER TRACKING

HOPPER = J75

- VOLTAGE MONITORING CONNECTIONS

BILL VALIDATOR =J28 4 PRINTER = J11

51

TOWER LAMP = J8 12

J34 DC OUT 12VDC 24VDC J35 DC OUT 12VDC 24VDC J20, 21, J22 FAN OUT12VDC 24VDC

30 There are 5 available ports for fans/ blowers Blade s32 only uses 3

LED BOARDs

24VDC AC FAIL

BLOWER BLOWER BLOWER

17

18

MECH BUTTON TO USB PCBA

DOOR/KEY SWITCH = J10 METERS = J32

GAME SWITCHES = J14

PROGRESSIVE = J9

SERIAL (TOUCH) = J4

SPN = J46

48

27

J36 DC OUT 12VDC 24VDC J37 DC OUT 12VDC 24VDC

Button Panel 2.0 10.4" Display

21 ANALOG AUDIO = J2 AUX OUT = J13 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC

DC INPUT = J19 5V ISOLATED

AUX OUT = J14 5VDC 24VDC 24VDC 12VDC

5Vi

24VDC

LEAP MOTION P7 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC

55

DC OUTPUT +5V

34

5Vi

27

DC OUTPUT +12V

ACFAIL

GAME AUDIO AMPLIFIER TOP

P5 24VDC

ACFAIL

5VDC

55

15VDC

12VDC

3.3VDC

+5VDC via USB 3.0 port

27 5VDC

DC OUTPUT +24V

Lighting Boards

15VDC

65

9

SERIAL PORT (Debug / GAT)

20

12VDC

DC INPUT = J11 24VDC

Meters METER0 METER1 METER2 METER3 METER4 METER5

3.3VDC

AC FAIL 100

DC INPUT = J33 3.3VDC 5VDC 12VDC 24VDC AC FAIL

DC FAN in MAST

USB Streaming Audio

9

CORE POWER SUPPLY 5VDC 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC

DC GND

POWER SUPPLY IN MAST

55

57

P7 5VDC 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC P8 5VDC 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC

5V, 12V, & 24V

DC GND 55

5VDC 12VDC 24VDC 24VDC

5V, 12V, & 24V

4 

  Copyright 2016. Scientific Games, Confidential & Proprietary Information 

4 | P a g e  

SG Proprietary and Confidential    AC VOLTAGE SWITCHED & UNSWITCHED DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM 5-pin x 1 row MINIFIT

ACCESSORY AC (SWITCHED)

FASTONS OF CABLE CONNECT TO A PANEL MOUNT CONNECTOR

IEC

PLAYER TRACKING AC (UNSWITCHED)

.093 (3191)

PLAYER TRACKING AC (UNSWITCHED)

46

SWITCHED

EARTH GROUND STUD UNSWITCHED

GROUND BONDING STUD

P3

P2

ON/OFF SWITCH 44

POWER SUPPLY IN CORE

LINE CORD 6850-XXXX

AC SOURCE 1

P2

ON/OFF SWITCH 44

POWER SUPPLY IN MAST

LINE CORD 6850-XXXX

AC SOURCE 2

5 

 

Copyright 2016. Scientific Games, Confidential & Proprietary Information 

5 | P a g e  

 

 

     

 

Gamescape “MAST” Wiring Guide  DOC‐0001162   

     

REV 

BY 

DESCRIPTION

ECO / DATE

0.1 

V. Mercado 

DRAFT 

01/15/2016 

0.2 

V. Mercado 

Vendor Updates, added Table of  contents, and added cable listing 

02/04/2016 

0.3 

V. Mercado 

Added installation of ferrite clamp,  section 21 and updated list of  cables on page 2 

02/09/2016 

0.4 

V. Mercado 

Added backplane connection of  leap motion assembly, section 18 

02/22/2016 

0.5 

V. Mercado 

Updated section 19 and 22 for  required EMC compliancy. 

04/21/2016 

1.0 

V. Mercado 

Added instructions for cable  1457317 

05/02/2016 

 

Page 1 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

List of cables installed into the Gamescape HLA     

     

Part Number

Description

1455162 1444679 HS‐018303‐00‐06 HS‐018720‐00‐15 1455951 1455119 1457823 HD‐009861‐00‐03 1455060 HD‐023609‐00‐04  1455335 1457876 HS‐018303‐00‐03  HS‐018720‐00‐06 6850‐009385‐00‐01 6850‐009385‐00‐02 1455827 1455190 1455955 HU‐1403125 1457880 1444678  1456090 1460662  1457317 

CBL: DC PWR, FAN/AMP DisplayPort 20 pin male to Displayport 20 pin male, 6 foot  CBL: usb 2.0 a‐b, 6ft  CBL: s/pdif rca plug/plug, 1.5ft  CBL: EMU TO TOP DISPLAY, INTERFACE  CBL: EMU Extension interface CBL: EMU, EXTENSION CBL: tower lamp ext‐3 ft  CBL: 24V DC PWR, TOP LCD CBL: dc ext‐8pmf‐f/m‐4ft CBL: AUDIO 3 SPKR INTERFACE, PI CBL: TOP DISPLAY SWITCH CBL: usb 2.0 a‐b, 3ft  CBL: s/pdif rca plug/plug, 6ft  line cord: jmp iec320, 10a@250v, 1.5m line cord: jmp iec320, 10a@250v, 2M  CBL: CAB ID, PI CBL: DC REF GND CBL: AUXILIARY LOGIC SWITCH CBL: ac power switch CBL: Triptych Assembly DisplayPort 20 pin male to Displayport 20 pin male, 4 foot CBL: WONKA PI DC DIST CBL: EMU TO MC 7FT ‐ UNSHIELDED  CBL: TOP BOX COMM 

 

Page 2 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

Table of Contents  1. 

Installation of DC power cable for Fan and Top Amplifier .................................................................... 4 

2. 

Installation of Display port cable for Top display ................................................................................. 5 

3. 

Installation of USB cable for top Audio Amplifier ................................................................................. 7 

4. 

Installation of SPDIF to top Amplifier ................................................................................................... 9 

5. 

Installation of EMU cable on MAST .................................................................................................... 10 

6. 

Installation of Tower light cable ......................................................................................................... 12 

7. 

Installation of DC power cable for top Display ................................................................................... 13 

8. 

Installation of DC power extension cables for Top Box use. ............................................................... 14 

9. 

Installation of Audio interface cable ................................................................................................... 15 

10. 

Installation of Top Display Switch harness ..................................................................................... 16 

11. 

Installation of USB cable for Streaming audio board ...................................................................... 17 

12. 

Installation of SPDIF cable for Bottom amplifier ............................................................................ 18 

13. 

“MAST” Power Supply connections ................................................................................................ 19 

14. 

Installation of Cabinet ID jumper cable .......................................................................................... 21 

15. 

Installation of DC ground reference cable ...................................................................................... 22 

16. 

Installation of Bottom switch cable ................................................................................................ 23 

17. 

Installation of AC switch harness .................................................................................................... 24 

18. 

Backplane connection of USB Leap Motion sensor assembly ........................................................ 25 

19. 

Installation of harness 1457880 ...................................................................................................... 26 

20. 

Installation of display port cables and USB cable for the triptych display ..................................... 30 

a. 

Bundling display port and USB cables together .............................................................................. 30 

b.  Installation of bundled harness for the triptych display ................................................................. 31  21. 

Installation of Ground braid on Triptych mounting bracket ........................................................... 34 

22. 

Installation of Ferrites on lower cabinet harnesses ........................................................................ 35 

23. 

Installation of Top Box Communication cable, 1457317 ................................................................ 38 

24. 

Installation of EMU to MC cable, 1460662 ..................................................................................... 39 

25. 

Installation of Wonka Top Box cable, 1456090 .............................................................................. 40 

   

 

Page 3 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

1. Installation of DC power cable for Fan and Top Amplifier    The cable shown below in green reflects the recommended routing scheme for cable 1455162.                              

              

 

 

                      

 

 

Page 4 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

2. Installation of Display port cable for Top display    The cable below, in black, shows the recommended routing for display port cable, 1444679.   

 

      

   

                  Page 5 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

  The images below show how the display ports for both the top display and the 10.4 inch display are to  be plugged into the backplane.          Top  display  port  cable  plugs  into  port V4.                                     10.4 inch panel plugs into port V5.                     

Page 6 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

3. Installation of USB cable for top Audio Amplifier    The cable below, in blue, shows the recommended routing scheme for the USB cable, HS‐018303‐00‐06.  This cable plugs into the top audio amplifier and the other end plugs into the backplane.   

               

Page 7 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

  

 

 

      As shown above, the cable in blue is the recommended routing method for the USB cable within the  lower portion of the cabinet. Notice the two arrows shown above, these arrows point to the clamps  used to dress the USB cable.   

 

Page 8 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

 

4. Installation of SPDIF to top Amplifier    The cable shown in the picture below shows the recommended routing for the   SPDIF cable, HS‐018720‐00‐15.   

                 

 

           

     

 

 

 

Page 9 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

5. Installation of EMU cable on MAST    Below there are 3 cables that make up the harnessing for connecting the EMU to the top Display found  in the MAST. The yellow cable, 1455951, plugs into the display and the other end plugs into harness  1455119. The cable 1455119 runs down the right side of the MAST and connects to an existing cable,  1457823 (shown in RED), that routes within the common Core.   

                             

        

      

Page 10 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

    The picture of the cable shown below shows the recommended routing scheme used within the bottom  portion of the cabinet. The dotted lines show that the harness goes behind objects like a power supply,  Shelf, or metal brackets.   

   

 

Page 11 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

6. Installation of Tower light cable    The picture below shows the recommended routing scheme for the cable HD‐009861‐00‐03. This cable  should route on the right side of the MAST. Notice the arrows showing which cable clamps to use for  dressing the harness HD‐009861‐00‐03.   

 

 

         

        

Page 12 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

 

7. Installation of DC power cable for top Display      This picture shows how the DC power cable, 1455060, for the Top display is to be routed within the  MAST.   

       

   

 

Page 13 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

 

8. Installation of DC power extension cables for Top Box use.    The cable, HD‐023609‐00‐04, shall be routed as shown in the picture below. A total of two of these  cables must be routed within the MAST. Both cables are to be routed together.   

                   

 

            

Page 14 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

 

 

9. Installation of Audio interface cable    The Audio cable, 1455335, must be routed as shown below.                                                               

 

Page 15 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

10.

 

Installation of Top Display Switch harness 

  The cable 1457876 shown below, in black, is the recommended routing scheme for this cable.   

                Jumper found above connector J45 must be set to positions 1 and 2, as shown in the picture below.   

    Note: The jumper position above connector J62 must also be set to positions 1 and 2. (This is not  shown)     

 

Page 16 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

11.

 

Installation of USB cable for Streaming audio board 

  The picture below shows the recommended routing scheme for the USB cable, HS‐018303‐00‐03,  plugging into the Streaming Audio board, 1452585. The other end of this cable will plug into the  backplane via a blue USB port plug, also known as a USB3.0 port.   

      

     

 

Page 17 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

12.

 

Installation of SPDIF cable for Bottom amplifier 

  The SPDIF cable, HS‐018720‐00‐06, shown below is the recommended routing scheme. The cable should  run on the left side of the MAST. The arrows shown below point to the clamps used to dress the cable.   

                       Notice below, the recommended routing method within the bottom portion of the cabinet. The dotted  line indicates the harness routing behind objects.   

  Page 18 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

 

13.

“MAST” Power Supply connections 

  DC power connections shown below.   

    The AC line cord, 6850‐009385‐00‐02, that is used to connect the power supply found in the MAST is  shown below. Notice the cable clamps used to route the cable to the lower portion of the cabinet.  Also  notice that the AC line cord will route behind the lower subwoofer found in the lower cabinet, see  picture on the right.   

     

               

Page 19 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

  The AC line cord will route and plug into the ACM unit as shown below. 

    Another AC line cord, 6850‐009385‐00‐01, must plug into the primary power supply as shown below.   

 

 

 

Page 20 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

14.

 

Installation of Cabinet ID jumper cable 

  Plug cable jumper, 1455827, to J59 of the backplane 2.0 board, as shown below.    

   

 

Page 21 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

15.

 

Installation of DC ground reference cable 

  Install DC ground cable, 1455190, as shown below.    

   

   

   

 

 

  Page 22 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

16.

 

Installation of Bottom switch cable 

  The Bottom switch cable harness, 1455955, must be routed as shown in the picture below. This cable is  part of the bottom switch bracket assembly and gets installed with the bracket assembly.   

             This cable gets routed through the bottom portion of the cabinet as shown below and plugs into port  J62 of the backplane.   

     

       

  Page 23 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

17.

 

Installation of AC switch harness 

 

               The recommended routing for cable HU‐1403125 is shown below.       

        

     

 

Page 24 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

 

18.

 

Backplane connection of USB Leap Motion sensor assembly 

  Backplane connection of cable 1460368 is shown in the picture below. This cable is part of the Leap  motion assembly and has a USB Y connection at the end. A RED colored connector and a BLACK colored  connector. The Black colored connector must plug into the USB 3.0 port found on the Backplane. The  RED port can plug into any open USB 2.0 port found on the backplane.   

   

 

Page 25 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

19.

 

Installation of harness 1457880 

  This harness is used for the Triptych display assembly. Recommended routing scheme is shown in the  pictures that follow.    The cable 1457880 is shown below. Notice how the ground wire found on harness 1457880 is tied to the  display mounting bracket, as shown in the picture on the right.   

          Recommended routing within the MAST is shown below. The green wire represents the harness  1457880.   

   

 

   

Page 26 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

  Lower cabinet routing of the cable 1457880 is shown below.   

 

   

                 

Page 27 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

 

  Cable 1457880 is shown assembled below. Notice the tie wrap mounting locations.   

     

   

                 

    

Page 28 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

    Once harness 1457880 is installed the following ferrite clamps are to be installed at the Triptych display  end.    Ferrite (6556‐01668‐00‐00) must be clamped on the DC power connection as shown with the  red arrow.    Ferrites (1448135) must be clamped on both EMU connections for the display, as shown with  green arrows in the picture below. 

 

 

 

 

Page 29 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

20. Installation of display port cables and USB cable for the  triptych display      Display port cables are shown below. The following four cables shown below should be bundled  together with (2 feet) of tubing before routing them in the cabinet. Three 4 feet display port cables  (1444678) and one USB cable (HS‐018303‐00‐03).   

a. Bundling display port and USB cables together    The picture below shows the distance of all the connections in relation to each other, in accordance to  the tie wrap found on the end of the wire wrapping.    

     

   

Page 30 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

  The picture below shows the length of the wire wrap as it is added to bundle the 4 cables. The wire wrap  used should be 2 feet in length. The recommended method to bundle the cables is as follows:     Starting from the left you will notice a tie wrap, from left to right a tie wrap is required about every 6  inches, for a total of 5 tie wraps to be used in strapping the wrap on the bundle of cables. Also notice an  added tie wrap all the way on the right holding the display and USB cables together, 1 inch from the tie  wrap found on the wrapping end.   

 

  b. Installation of bundled harness for the triptych display    The bundled cable is shown below.  The bundle consist of three display port cables (1444678)  and one USB cable (HS‐018303‐00‐03).   

 

      

Page 31 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

 

  The picture above shows how each display port and USB cable is required to plug into the backplane.  The backplane is found in the lower portion of the cabinet.   

Page 32 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

  Notice the tie wrap locations shown below. These are good indicators of were to dress the harness on  the bracket.   

       

Page 33 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

21.

 

Installation of Ground braid on Triptych mounting bracket 

  Ground Braid is required to be attached between the MAST and the triptych bracket as shown below.   

 

  Need to add top box cables.   

 

Page 34 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

22.

 

Installation of Ferrites on lower cabinet harnesses 

  The ferrites 1460720 and 1448135 are required on several cables, as shown below. The picture below  shows the recommend placement of the ferrites. Ferrite 1460720 must clamp over all EMU harnesses  going through the square hole on the bottom of the cabinet.  Ferrite 1448135 must clamp over the  Audio cable as shown in the picture below. All ferrites must be placed as close as possible to the large  square cut‐out found in the lower portion of the cabinet.     

 

   

      Page 35 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

  The Ferrite (1446550) must also be placed on the SPDIF cable at the amplifier connection end of the  bottom AMP, as shown in the picture below.     

      The small Ferrite (1443754) must be clamped on to the EMU DC power cable near the connection end  point as shown below.     

              Page 36 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

    Ferrite (6556‐001668‐00‐00) is already on the BOM and it is found on the Woofer cable, but it needs to  be relocated. The Cable needs to wrap once around the ferrite. This cable is part of the Woofer  assembly wiring. The Location of the ferrite must be as shown below.   

   

Page 37 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

23.

 

Installation of Top Box Communication cable, 1457317 

  The following picture shows the recommended routing path for cable 1457317. It should be routed on  the right hand side of the MAST and shall be placed on the cable clamps that are closer to the front edge  of the MAST, as shown below on the left. The picture on the right show how the cable will plug into the  backplane.    Any excess cabling , if any, must reside in the Lower portion of the cabinet, not in the MAST.     

   

                  

 

 

Page 38 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

24.

 

Installation of EMU to MC cable, 1460662 

  The following picture shows the recommended routing path for cable 1460662. It should be routed on  the right hand side of the MAST and shall be placed on the cable clamps that are closer to the front edge  of the MAST, as shown below on the left.     The two pictures on the right show the recommended routing path for the cable through the rest of the  cabinet.   One end of the cable must plug into the DMX port on the EMU controller, which is found in the  lower portion of the cabinet.     

Page 39 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

 

25.

Installation of Wonka Top Box cable, 1456090 

    See Gamescape wheel right enclosure assembly, A‐1458081, to insure proper installation of harnesses  within the top assembly.    The picture below shows the connection points for interfacing cable 1456090 with the controller board  in the MAST. The controller board is located on the top back right side of the MAST, on the right side of  the fan.   

 

   

Page 40 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential 

 

 

    The picture above shows the interconnections made to the tower light cable and the DC power cables  found in the MAST. The connections are keyed and designed to be poka‐yoke. 

Page 41 of 41  SG Proprietary and Confidential